4eb7a34e720e8b140a94b85d15d988a0

SCHEME and SYLLABUS
for
BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY
in
MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING
(w.e.f. session 2021-2022)
(Choice Based Credit Scheme)
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
J. C. BOSE UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, YMCA, FARIDABAD
The scheme and Syllabus approved in 17th BOS (UG) held on 21.12.2020; Item No. BOS/17/03
[Type text] Page 1

J. C. Bose University of Science and Technology, YMCA, Faridabad
(formerly YMCA University of Science and Technology)
A State Govt. University established wide State Legislative Act. No. 21 of
2009
SECTOR-6, FARIDABAD, HARYANA-121006
VISION
“J.C. Bose University of Science & Technology, YMCA, Faridabad aspires to be a nationally and
internationally acclaimed leader in technical and higher education in all spheres which transforms the
life of students through integration of teaching, research and character building.”
MISSION
• To contribute to the development of science and technology by synthesizing teaching, research and
creative activities.
• To provide an enviable research environment and state-of-the-art technological exposure to its
scholars.
• To develop human potential to its fullest extent and make them emerge as world class leaders in their
professions and enthuse them towards their social responsibilities.
[Type text] Page 2

Department of Mechanical Engineering
VISION
“To be a centre of excellence by producing high caliber, competent and self-reliant mechanical
engineers, who possess scientific temperament and would engage in activities relevant to industries with
ethical values and flair to research.”
MISSION
• To provide efficient engineers for global requirements by imparting quality education.

• To explore, create and develop innovations in various aspects of engineering through industries and
institutions.
• To emphasize on practical skills and socially relevant technology.
[Type text] Page 3

ABOUT THE PROGRAMME
J C Bose University of Science & Technology, YMCA, Faridabad established in 2009,

formerly known as YMCA Institute of Engineering, Faridabad, was established in year 1969
as a Joint Venture of Govt. of Haryana and National Council of YMCAs of India with active
assistance from overseas agencies of West Germany to produce highly practical oriented
personnel in specialized fields of engineering to meet specific technical manpower
requirements of industries. Mechanical Engineering Department was started in 1969 and has
been conducting 4 years B.Tech Course in Mechanical Engineering since 1997 with an
intake of ‘60’ students and subsequently, it was increased to ‘75’ in 1999, ‘90’ in 2004 and
‘120’ in 2007. Students are admitted through centralized counseling conducted by State
Government. Presently, the total intake for the B.Tech programme is 120 and 12 through
LEET in second year. Besides UG course, it is also running M. Tech in Manufacturing
Technology and Automation with an intake of 18 and PhD. All courses are duly approved by
AICTE/ UGC. Both UG and PG programmes are NBA accredited. The Mechanical
Engineering Department has been well known for its track record of employment of the pass
out students since its inception.
The Department has a separate building with ICT enabled class rooms, state of the art
laboratories, research lab, workshops, seminar room, conference hall and departmental
library. It has established Centre of Excellence with M/s Danfoss India (P) Ltd. in the area of
‘Climate and Energy’ and one with M/s Daikin (P) Ltd. in the field of ‘Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning’. It has well qualified and experienced faculty. The syllabi of UG/PG courses
in Mechanical Engineering Department have been prepared with active participation from
Industry. The Department is organizing number of expert lectures from industry experts for
students in every semester. One semester Industrial training is mandatory for every B.Tech
student. Emphasis has been given on project work and workshop for skill enhancement of
students. Choice based credit system (CBCS) allows students to study the subjects of his/her
choice from a number of elective courses /audit courses.
[Type text] Page 4

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO-1
To train students with practical skills and experimental practices related to core and applied
areas of Mechanical Engineering to expand their knowledge horizon beyond books.
PEO-2
To enable students to design, develop and maintain mechanical equipments which are useful
for the society.
PEO-3
To improve team building, team working and leadership skills of the students with high
regard for ethical values and social responsibilities.
PEO- 4
To enable students to communicate effectively and demonstrate the knowledge of project
management and independent research.
[Type text] Page 5

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1) Engineering Knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals,

and mechanical engineering to the solution of engineering problems.
2) Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, review literature and analyze mechanical engineering
problems to design, conduct experiments, analyze data and interpret data.
3) Design /Development of Solutions: Design solution for mechanical engineering problems and
design system component of processes that meet the desired needs with appropriate consideration
for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal and the environmental considerations.
4) Conduct Investigations of Complex Problems: Use research based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions in mechanical engineering.
5) Modern Tool Usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to mechanical engineering activities
with an understanding of the limitations.
6) The Engineer and Society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
mechanical engineering practice.
7) Environment and Sustainability: Understand the impact of the mechanical engineering solutions
in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge and need for sustainable
development.
8) Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms
of the mechanical engineering practice.
9) Individual and Team Work: Function affectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings in mechanical engineering.
10) Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering committee and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
affective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations in mechanical
engineering.
11) Project Management and Finance: Demonstrate knowledge & understanding of the mechanical
engineering principles and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
[Type text] Page 6
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments in
mechanical engineering.
12) Life- Long Learning: Recognize the need for, and the preparation and ability to engage in
independent research and lifelong learning in the broadest contest of technological changes in
mechanical engineering.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):
1) Ability to assimilate the practical knowledge and Mechanical Engineering skills in profession.
2) Ability to innovate in specific aspects of Mechanical Engineering maintaining high standard of
social well being and ethical values.
[Type text] Page 7

SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS

FOUR YEARS BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMME IN
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I – VIII (w. e. f. Session 2021-22)
B. TECH SCHEME CREDITS CALCULATIONS
Contact
S. No. Category of Courses Hours Credits
1. Programme Core Courses (PCC) 75 67
2. Basic Science Courses (BSC) 28 25
3. Engineering Science Courses (ESC) 32 23
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management

4. Courses (HSMC) 4 3
5. Programme Elective Courses (PEC) 15 15
6. Open Elective Courses (OEC) 9 9
7. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) 28 24
8. Mandatory Audit Courses (MAC) 6 0
9. Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCS)* - -
10. Value Added Courses (VAC)** - -
Total 197 166*
Note: * It is mandatory to pass the MOOC course(s) by all the students as per implementation of
credit transfer/ mobility policy of on line courses of the University-as mentioned in
Annexure at the end of the syllabus. (One MOOC is to be completed every Year of
minimum 3 credits)
** Value Added Courses are floated and conducted in the department from time to time
for Skill enhancement/ Employability/ Imparting Ethical Values to the Students.
[Type text] Page 8

SEMESTER WISE SUMMARY OF THE PROGRAMME
S.No. Semester Contact Hours Marks Credits

1. I 25 650 19.5
2. II 26 600 18.5
3. III 33 900 29
4. IV 28 750 21
5. V 29 800 23
6. VI 26 750 21
7. VII/VIII 30 800 24
8. VIII/VII One Semester 500 10
Total 197 5750 166
[Type text] Page 9

PROGRAMME CORE COURSES (PCC)
Contact
S. No. Code Name of the Course Credits Semester
Hours
1. PCC-ME-301/21 Thermodynamics 4 4 III
2. PCC-ME-302/21 Strength of Materials-I 4 4 III
3. PCC-ME-303/21 Fluid Mechanics and Machines 4 4 III
4. PCC-ME-304/21 Strength of Materials Lab 2 1 III
Fluid Mechanics and Machines
5. PCC-ME-305/21 2 1 III
Lab
6. PCC-ME-401/21 Applied Thermodynamics 4 4 IV
7. PCC-ME-402/21 Materials Engineering 3 3 IV
8. PCC-ME-403/21 Kinematics of Machines 3 3 IV
9. PCC-ME-404/21 Strength of Materials-II 3 3 IV
10. PCC-ME-405/21 Manufacturing Processes 3 3 IV
11. PCC-ME-406/21 Thermal Lab –I 2 1 IV
12. PCC-ME-407/21 Materials Engineering Lab 2 1 IV
13. PCC-ME-408/21 Kinematics of Machines Lab 2 1 IV
14. PCC-ME-501/21 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 3 V
15. PCC-ME-502/21 Dynamics of Machines 3 3 V
16. PCC-ME-503/21 Design of Machine Elements- I 4 4 V
Refrigeration and Air-
17. PCC-ME-504/21 3 3 V
conditioning
18. PCC-ME-505/21 Industrial Engineering 3 3 V
19. PCC-ME-506/21 Thermal Lab- II 2 1 V
20. PCC-ME-507/21 Dynamics of Machines Lab 2 1 V
21. PCC-ME-601/21 CAD/ CAM 3 3 VI
22. PCC-ME-602/21 Manufacturing Technology 3 3 VI
Design of Machine Elements –
23. PCC-ME-603/21 3 3 VI
II
24. PCC-ME-604/21 CAD/ CAM Lab 2 1 VI
25. PCC-ME-701/21 Automation in Manufacturing 3 3 VII/ VIII
26. PCC-ME-702/21 Operations Research 3 3 VII/ VIII
Total 75 67
[Type text] Page 10

BASIC SCIENCE COURSES (BSC)
S. Code Name of Course Contact Credits Semester

No. Hours
1. BSC-103A Mathematics-I 4 4 I
2. BSC-102 Chemistry 4 4 I
3. BSC-105 Chemistry Lab 3 1.5 I
4. BSC-101A Physics 4 4 II
5. BSC-106A Mathematics- II 4 4 II
6. BSC-104A Physics Lab 3 1.5 II
7. BSC-201 Mathematics-III 3 3 III
8. BSC-01 Biology 3 3 III
Total 28 25
ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES (ESC)
S. No. Name of Course Contact Credits Semester

Code Hours
1. ESC-101A Basic Electrical Technology 4 4 I
2. ESC-107A Basic Electrical Technology 2 1 I
Laboratory
3. ESC-104 Workshop- I 4 2 I
4. ESC-103 Programming for 3 3 II
Problem Solving
5. ESC-105 Programming for Problem Solving 4 2 II
Lab
6. ESC-102 Engineering Graphics and Drawing 4 2 II
7. ESC-106 Workshop- II 4 2 II
8. ESC-201 Basics of Electronics Engineering 3 3 III
9. ESC-203 Engineering Mechanics 4 4 III
Total 32 23
[Type text] Page 11

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES INCLUDING MANAGEMENT COURSES (HSMC)
S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

1. HSMC-101 English 2 2 I
2. HSMC-102 English Lab 2 1 I
Total 4 3
PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSES (PEC)
S. No. Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

1. Programme Elective Course I 3 3 VI
2. Programme Elective Course II 3 3 VI
3. Programme Elective Course III 3 3 VII/ VIII
4. Programme Elective Course IV 3 3 VII/ VIII
5. Programme Elective Course V 3 3 VII/ VIII
Total 15 15
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES (OEC)
S. No. Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

1. Open Elective Course I 3 3 V
2. Open Elective Course II 3 3 VI
3. Open Elective Course III 3 3 VII/ VIII
TOTAL 9 9
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSES (SEC)
S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester
1. SEC-WS-301/21 Workshop III 4 2 III
2. SEC-WS-401/21 Workshop IV 4 2 IV
3. SEC-WS-501/21 Workshop V 4 2 V
4. SEC-WS-601/21 Workshop VI 4 2 VI
5. SEC-WS-701/21 Workshop VII 4 2 VII/ VIII
[Type text] Page 12

9. SEC-701/21 Project 8 4 VII/ VIII
10. SEC-801/21 Industrial Training One semester 10 VIII/ VII
Total 28 24
MANDARORY AUDIT COURSES (MC)
Semester
S. No. Name of Course Contact Credits
Code Hours
1. MC-03 2 0 IV
Environmental Science
2. MC-02 Essence of Indian Traditional 2 0 V
Knowledge
3. MC-04G 2 0 VI
Message of Bhagwat Gita
6 0
Total
PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-I (PEC-I) (Semester-VI)
S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

1 PEC-ME-601/21 3 3
Visionary Learning in Manufacturing
2. PEC-ME-602/21 Product Design and Development 3 3
3. PEC-ME-603/21 Internal Combustion Engines 3 3
4. PEC-ME-604/21 Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion 3 3
5. PEC-ME-605/21 Welding Technology 3 3
6. PEC-ME-606/21 Mechatronics Systems 3 3
Note: Students will have to select any one out of the list.
PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-II (PEC-II) (Semester-VI)
[Type text] Page 13

1. PEC-ME-621/21 3 3
Flexible Manufacturing Systems
2. PEC-ME-622/21 Reliability, Availability and 3 3
Maintainability
3. PEC-ME-623/21 Principles of Management 3 3
4. PEC-ME-624/21 Aircraft Technology 3 3
5. PEC-ME-625/21 Numeric Control of Machine Tools, 3 3
Robotics and Rapid Prototyping
6. PEC-ME-626/21 Industrial Tribology and Lubrication 3 3
7. PEC-ME-627/21 Electric Vehicle and Transmission 3 3
System
PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-III (PEC-III) (Semester- VII/ VIII)

1. PEC-ME-701/21 Maintenance Engineering and 3 3
Management
2. PEC-ME-702/21 Total Quality Management 3 3
3. PEC-ME-703/21 Non-Conventional Energy Resources 3 3
Utilization
4. PEC-ME-704/21 Air Conditioning Equipments 3 3
5. PEC-ME-705/21 Tool Design 3 3
6. PEC-ME-706/21 Acoustics and Vibrations 3 3
PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-IV (PEC-IV) (Semester- VII/ VIII)

1. PEC-ME-721/21 3 3
New Venture Creation
2. PEC-ME-722/21 Project Management 3 3
3. PEC-ME-723/21 Automobile Engineering 3 3
[Type text] Page 14

4. PEC-ME-724/21 Design of Thermal Systems 3 3
5. PEC-ME-725/21 Metallurgy 3 3
6 PEC-ME-726/21 Composite Materials 3 3
7. PEC-ME-727/21 Modeling Simulation and 3 3
Optimization
PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-V (PEC-V) (Semester-VII/ VIII)

1. PEC-ME-741/21 3 3
Marketing Management
2. PEC-ME-742/21 Process Planning and Cost Estimation 3 3
3. PEC-ME-743/21 Quality Management Systems 3 3
4. PEC-ME-744/21 Power Plant Engineering 3 3
5. PEC-ME-745/21 Energy Conservation and 3 3
Management
6. PEC-ME-746/21 Micro and Nano Manufacturing 3 3
7. PEC-ME-747/21 Finite Element Analysis 3 3
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES- I (OEC- I) (Semester V)
Students have to select any one Open Elective Course-I from the list of courses offered by Computer
Engineering Department or the Civil Engineering Department:
Courses offered by Computer Engineering Department
S. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

No.
1. OEC-ME-501 Intelligent Systems 3 3
[Type text] Page 15

2. OEC-ME-502 Cyber laws and Security 3 3
3. OEC-ME-503 Soft Computing 3 3
OEC-ME-504 Web Technology and Information

4. 3 3
Retrieval
5. OEC-ME-505 Intellectual Property and Rights 3 3
Courses offered by Civil Engineering Department
1. OEC-ME-506 Basic Environmental Engineering 3 3
OEC-ME-507 Traffic Engineering and

2. 3 3
Management
3. OEC-ME-508 Contracts Management 3 3
OEC-ME-509 Solid and Hazardous Waste

4. 3 3
Management
OEC-ME-510 3
5. Air and Noise Pollution and Control 3
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES- II (OEC- II) (Semester VI)
Students have to select any one Open Elective Course-II from the list of courses offered by Electrical
Engineering Department or the Electronics Engineering Department:
Courses offered by Electrical Engineering Department
S. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

No.
3
1. Electrical Energy Conservation and 3
ELPE411 Auditing
[Type text] Page 16

2. 3 3
ELPE412 Industrial Electrical System
3. 3 3
ELPC 502 Control System
4. 3 3
ELPE614 Wind and Solar Energy System
5. 3 3
ELPE612 Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles
Courses offered by Electronics Engineering Department
1. OEC-ME-606 3 3
Microprocessor and Interfacing
2. OEC-ME-608 3 3
Digital Signal Processing
3. OEC-ME-610 3 3
Instrumentation and Control
4. OEC-ME-612 Data Communication and 3 3
Networking
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES- III (OEC- III) (Semester VII/ VIII)
Students have to select any one Open Elective Courses-III from the list of courses offered by
Humanities Department or the Management Department:
Courses offered by HAS Department
1. OEC-ME-442 3 3
Soft Skills for Engineers
2. OPHL-306A 3 3
Physics and Our World
3. OPHL-305A Introduction to Astrophysics and 3 3
Cosmology
4. OES-301A Waste Management in our Daily 3 3
Life
5. OES-302A 3 3
Environmental Conservation
Courses offered by MBA Department
[Type text] Page 17

1. OEC-ME-444 3 3
Human Resource Management
2. OEC-ME-446 3 3
Finance and Accounting
3. OEC-ME-450 3 3
Entrepreneur Development
4. OEC-ME-452 3 3
Economics for Engineers
GRADING SCHEME
Marks % Grade Grade points Category

90-100 O 10 Outstanding
80≤ marks<90 A+ 9 Excellent
70≤marks< 80 A 8 Very good
60≤ marks< 70 B+ 7 Good
50≤ marks< 60 B 6 Above average
45≤ marks< 50 C 5 Average
40≤marks< 45 P 4 Pass
<40 F 0 Fail
Ab 0 Absent
Percentage calculation= CGPA * 9.5
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
A student is required to maintain a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) which is the weighted
average of all the Letter Grades obtained by the student since his/ her entry into the University upto and
including the latest semester and is computed as follows:
CGPA= ∑(Ci Gi) / Ci
Where, Ci denotes the credits assigned to ith course and Gi indicates the Grade Point Equivalent to the
Letter Grade obtained by the student to the ith course. Provided that when a student re-appears in/ repeats
a course, the new Grade will replace the earlier one in the calculation of the CGPA.
Note:
[Type text] Page 18

At the end of the semester (i.e. after End Semester Examination), students will be supplied a DMC
indicating the grades secured in each course, Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) and up-to-date
CGPA.
[Type text] Page 19

B.TECH MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING
(I-VIII SEMESTER)
[Type text] Page 20

B.TECH 1st YEAR (SEMESTER – I) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)
Teaching
Schedule Marks for End Course
Course Marks for Term Examination Total
Course Title Credits Type
Code Sessional Marks
L T P Total Theory Practical
Mathematics- I
BSC- 1
(Calculus and 3 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 BSC
103A
Linear Algebra)
Basic Electrical 1
ESC-101A
Technology
3 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 ESC
1
BSC-102 Chemistry 3 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 BSC
HSMC- -
101
English 2 - 2 25 75 - 100 2 HSMC
Basic Electrical -
ESC-107A Technology - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 ESC
Laboratory
-
BSC-105 Chemistry Laboratory - 3 3 15 - 35 50 1.5 BSC
HSMC- -
English Lab - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 HSMC
102
-
ESC-104 Workshop- I - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 ESC
Total 11 3 11 25 175 300 175 650 19.5
Note: Exams Duration will be as under

(a) Theory exams will be of 03 hours duration.
(b) Practical exams will be of 02 hours duration
(c) Workshop exam will be of 03 hours duration
[Type text] Page 21

J.C.BOSE UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, YMCA, FARIDABAD
B.TECH 1st YEAR (SEMESTER – II) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)
Teaching Marks for End

Schedule Course
Term
Course Marks for Total Type
Course Title Examination Credits
Code Sessional Marks
L T P Total Theory Practical
Physics
BSC-
(Introduction to 3 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 BSC
101A 1
Electromagnetic Theory)
Mathematics- II
BSC- (Calculus, Ordinary
3 1 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 BSC
106A Differential Equations and
Complex Variable)
Programming for -
ESC-103 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 ESC
Problem solving
BSC- Physics Electromagnetic -

- 3 3 15 - 35 50 1.5 BSC
104A Lab
Programming for -
ESC-105 - 4 4 15 - 35 50 2 ESC
Problem solving Lab
Engineering Graphics and -

ESC-102 - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 ESC
Drawing
ESC-106 Workshop- II - - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 ESC
Total 9 2 15 26 165 225 210 600 18.5

[Type text] Page 22

J.C.BOSE UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, YMCA, FARIDABAD
B.TECH 2nd YEAR (SEMESTER – III) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)
Teaching Marks for

Schedule Marks for Total Course
Course End Term Credits
Course Title Sessional Marks Type
Code Examination
L T P Total Theo Practica
PCC-ME- Thermodynamics 1 ry l
3 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 PCC
301/21
PCC-ME- Strength of 3 1 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 PCC
302/21 Materials-I
PCC-ME- Fluid Mechanics and 3 1 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 PCC
303/21 Machines
Basics of Electronics -
ESC-201 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 ESC
Engineering
ESC-203 Engineering 3 1 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 ESC

Mechanics
BSC-201 Mathematics III 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 BSC
BSC-01 Biology 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 BSC
PCC-ME- Strength of Materials - - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC

304/21 Lab
PCC-ME- Fluid Mechanics and - - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC
305/21 Machines Lab
SEC-WS- Workshop- III - - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 SEC
301/21
Total 21 4 8 33 235 525 140 900 29

[Type text] Page 23

B.TECH 2nd YEAR (SEMESTER – IV) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)
Teaching Marks Marks for End Course

Course Schedule Term Examination Total
Course Title for Credits Type
Code Marks
L T P Total Sessional Theory Practical
PCC-ME- Applied 3 1 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 PCC
401/21 Thermodynamics
PCC-ME- Materials 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
402/21 Engineering
PCC-ME- Kinematics of 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
403/21 Machines
PCC-ME- Strength of 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
404/21 Materials-II
PCC-ME- Manufacturing 3
-
- 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
405/21 Processes
PCC-ME- Thermal Lab- I - - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC

406/21
PCC-ME- Materials - - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC
407/21 Engineering Lab
PCC-ME- Kinematics of - - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC
408/21 Machines Lab
MC – 03 Environmental 2 - - 2 25* 75* - - MAC

Science
SEC-WS- Workshop- IV - - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 SEC
401/21
Total 17 1 10 28 200 375 175 750 21

(d) * Audit course; Marks and Credits are not to be counted but course is mandatory to pass.
[Type text] Page 24

B.TECH 3rd YEAR (SEMESTER – V) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)

Course Schedule for Term Total Credits Type
Course Title
Code Sessional Examination Marks
L T P Total s Theory Practic
PCC-ME- Heat and Mass 3 - - 3 25 75 al - 100 3 PCC
501/21 Transfer
PCC-ME- Dynamics of 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
502/21 Machines
PCC-ME- Design of 1
Machine 3 - 4 25 75 - 100 4 PCC
503/21
Elements- I
PCC-ME- Refrigeration and 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
504/21 Air- conditioning
PCC-ME- Industrial 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
505/21 Engineering
Open Elective 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 OEC
Course- I
-
PCC-ME- - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC
506/21 Thermal Lab- II
PCC-ME- Dynamics of - - 2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC

507/21 Machines Lab
Essence of Indian -
MC - 02 Traditional 2 - 2 25* 75* - - - MAC
Knowledge
SEC-WS- Workshop-V - - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 SEC

501/21
Total 20 1 8 29 210 450 140 800 23
Note: Exams duration will be as under

(d) *Audit course; Marks and Credits are not to be counted but course is mandatory
to pass
[Type text] Page 25

B.TECH 3rd YEAR (SEMESTER – VI) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)
Course Teaching Marks for End Total Course

Marks
Course Title Term Credits Type
Schedule for
Code Examination Marks
L T P Total Sessionals Theory Practical
PCC-ME- CAD/ CAM 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
601/21
PCC-ME- Manufacturing 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
602/21 Technology
PCC-ME- Design of 3
-
- 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
603/21 Machine
Elements- II
Programme -
Elective Course- 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PEC
I
Programme -
Elective Course- 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PEC
II
Open Elective -
Course- II 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 OEC
PCC-ME- CAD/ CAM Lab -

-
2 2 15 - 35 50 1 PCC
604/21
Message of -
Bhagwat Gita 2 - 2 25* 75* - - - MAC
SEC-WS- Workshop-VI - - 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 SEC

601/21
Total 20 - 6 26 195 450 105 750 21
(d) *Audit course; Marks and Credits are not to be counted but course is
mandatory to pass
[Type text] Page 26

B.TECH 4th YEAR (SEMESTER – VII/ VIII) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-
22)

Course Schedule Term Total
Course Title for Credits Type
Code Examination Marks
L T P Total Sessionals Theory Practical
PCC-ME- Automation in 3 - - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
701/21 Manufacturing
PCC-ME- Operations Research -
3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PCC
702/21
Programme Elective -
Course-III 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PEC
Course-IV 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PEC
Course- V 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 PEC
Open Elective -
Course- III 3 - 3 25 75 - 100 3 OEC
SEC- Project - - 8 8 30 - 70 100 4 SEC

701/21
SEC-WS- Workshop-VII -
- 4 4 30 - 70 100 2 SEC
701/21
Total 18 - 12 30 210 450 140 800 24

[Type text] Page 27

B.TECH 4th YEAR (SEMESTER – VIII/ VII) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2021-22)
Credits: 10 (SEC)
S. No. Course Title Teaching Credits Examination Schedule

Code Schedule (Marks)
Annual Exam Continuous Total
Assessment
1. SEC- Industrial One 10 350 150 500
801/21 Training Semester
Procedure for Annual Exam and Continuous Assessment of Industrial Training:
(A) Annual Exams Marks

1. Training Evaluation 100 Marks
2. Training Seminar 100 Marks
3. Training Viva 150 Marks
(B) Continuous Assessment Marks

1. Assessment by University / Institute Faculty 50 Marks
2. Assessment by Industrial Guide 50 Marks
3. Conduct Marks 50 Marks
Total: 500 Marks
[Type text] Page 28

BSC-103A MATHEMATICS I
(Calculus and Linear Algebra)
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) I Semester
No. of Credits: 4 Sessional: 25 Marks

L T P Total Theory: 75 Marks
3 1 0 4 Total: 100 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 Hours
Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Mathematics II
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in
calculus, multivariate analysis and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students with standard
concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards
tackling more advanced level of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in
their disciplines.
Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO1- To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper
integrals. Apart from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of
Beta and Gamma functions.
CO2- The fallouts of Rolle’s Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to
Engineering problems.
CO3- The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering
Mathematics.
CO4- To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of
engineering.
CO5- The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Calculus: Evolutes and involutes; Evaluation of definite and improper integrals; Beta and
Gamma functions and their properties; Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface
areas and volumes of revolutions. (8)
Unit 2
Calculus: Rolle’s Theorem, Mean value theorems, Taylor’s and Maclaurin theorems with
remainders; indeterminate forms and L'Hospital's rule; Maxima and minima. (8)
Unit 3
[Type text] Page 29

Sequences and Series: Convergence of sequence and series, tests for convergence; Power
series, Taylor's series, series for exponential, trigonometric and logarithm functions; Fourier
series: Half range sine and cosine series, Parseval’s theorem. (12)
Unit 4
Multivariable Calculus (Differentiation): Limit, continuity and partial derivatives,
directional derivatives, total derivative; Tangent plane and normal line; Maxima, minima and
saddle points; Method of Lagrange multipliers; Gradient, curl and divergence. (10)
Unit 5
Matrices: Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem; System of linear equations;
Symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices; Determinants; Eigen values and
eigenvectors; Diagonalization of matrices; Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal
transformation. (12)
Recommended/ Reference Books

1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Veerarajan T., Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
4. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi.
5. D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, Brooks/Cole.
6. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications.
7. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
[Type text] Page 30

ESC-101A BASIC ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY

Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Basic Electronics Engineering, Air Conditioning Equipments
CO1- Analyze and solve D. C. networks by different analysis methods and theorems.
CO2- Formulate and solve complex AC single phase and three circuits.
CO3- Identify the type of electrical machines and their applications.
CO4- Introduce the components of low voltage electrical installations.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
DC Circuits: Basic definitions, Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current
sources, Ohm’s law and its limitations, Kirchhoff current and voltage laws, analysis of simple
circuits with dc excitation by mesh analysis and node analysis, Superposition, Thevenin’s,
Norton’s and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems. (10)
Unit 2
AC Circuits: Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms values, phasor

representation, real power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor. Analysis of single-
phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC, RLC combinations (series and parallel),
resonance. (10)
Unit 3
Poly Phase Systems: Advantages of 3-phase systems, generation of 3-phase voltages, three
phase connections (star and delta), voltage and current relations in star and delta connections,
three phase powers, analysis of 3-phase balanced circuits, measurement of 3-phase power- 2
wattmeter method. (7)
Unit 4
Transformers: Magnetic Circuits, construction and working of single phase transformer, ideal
and practical transformer, equivalent circuit, losses in transformers, regulation and efficiency,
Auto-transformer (7)
Unit 5
[Type text] Page 31

Electrical Machines: Induction motor: Construction, principle and working of a three-phase
induction motor, Single-phase induction motor: Construction, principle and working,
Applications
DC machine: Construction, principle and working of dc motor and generator. Applications
Synchronous machine: Construction, principle and working of synchronous motor and

generators. Applications. (9)
Unit 6
Electrical Installations: Components of LT Switchgear: Fuses, MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types
of Wires, Earthing, Power factor improvement. (7)
Recommended/ Reference Books:
1. D. P. Kothari and, I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. D. C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill.
3. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press.
4. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson.
5. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India.
Web Links:
1. NPTL Web Course, Basic Electrical Technology, Prof. G. D. Roy, Prof. N. K. De, Prof.
T.K. Bhattacharya, IIT Kharagpur
(https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105053/)
2. NPTL Web Course, Electrical Machines-I, Prof. P. Sasidhara Rao, Prof. G. Sridhara
Rao, Dr. Krishna Vasudevan, IIT Madras
(https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106071/)
3. NPTL Web Course, Electrical Machines-II, Prof. P. Sasidhara Rao, Prof. G. Sridhara
Rao, Dr. Krishna Vasudevan, IIT Madras
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106072/
[Type text] Page 32

BSC-102 CHEMISTRY
(Concepts in Chemistry for Engineering)

Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Environment Science
Course Objectives:
The concepts developed in this course will aid in quantification of several concepts in
chemistry that have been introduced at the 10+2 levels in schools. Technology is being
increasingly based on the electronic, atomic and molecular level modifications. Quantum
theory is more than 100 years old and to understand phenomena at nanometer levels, one has
to base the description of all chemical processes at molecular levels.
CO1- Analyze microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic and molecular orbitals and
intermolecular forces.
CO2- Rationalise bulk properties and processes using thermodynamic considerations.
CO3- Distinguish the ranges of the electromagnetic spectrum used for exciting different
molecular energy levels in various spectroscopic techniques.
CO4- Rationalise periodic properties such as ionization potential, electronegativity, oxidation

states and electronegativity.
CO5- List major chemical reactions that are used in the synthesis of molecules.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Atomic and molecular structure: Schrodinger equation. Particle in aboxsolutions and their
applications for conjugated molecules and nanoparticles. Forms of the hydrogen atom wave
functions and the plots of these functions to explore their spatial variations. Molecular orbitals
of diatomic molecules and plots of the multicenter orbitals. Equations for atomic and molecular
orbitals. Energy level diagrams of diatomic. Pi-molecular orbitals of butadiene and benzene
and aromaticity. Crystal field theory and the energy level diagrams for transitionmetal ions and
their magnetic properties. Band structure of solids and the role of doping on band structures.
(12)
Unit 2
[Type text] Page 33

Spectroscopic techniques and applications: Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules.
Electronic spectroscopy. Fluorescence and its applications in medicine. Vibrational and
rotational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules. Applications. Nuclear magnetic resonance and
magnetic resonance imaging, surface characterization techniques. Diffraction and scattering.
(9)
Unit 3
Intermolecular forces and potential energy surfaces: Ionic, dipolar and vanDer Waals
interactions. Equations of state of real gases and critical phenomena. Potential energy surfaces
of H3, H2 F and HCN and trajectories on these surfaces. (5)
Unit 4
Use of free energy in chemical equilibria: Thermodynamic functions: energy, entropy and
free energy. Estimations of entropy and free energies. Free energy and emf. Cell potentials, the
Nernst equation and applications. Acid base, oxidation reduction and solubility equilibria.
Water chemistry. Corrosion.
Use of free energy considerations in metallurgy through Ellingham diagrams. (8)
Unit 5
Periodic properties: Effective nuclear charge, penetration of orbitals, variations of s, p, d and f

orbital energies of atoms in the periodic table, electronic configurations, atomic and ionic sizes,
ionization energies, electron affinity and electronegativity, polarizability, oxidation states,
coordination numbers and geometries, hard soft acids and bases, molecular geometries. (6)
Unit 6
Stereochemistry: Representations of 3 dimensional structures, structural isomers and stereo

isomers, configurations and symmetry and chirality, enantiomers, diastereomers, optical
activity, absolute configurations and conformational analysis. Isomerism initransitional metal
compounds. (6)
Unit 7
Organic reactions and synthesis of a drug molecule: Introduction to reactions involving

substitution, addition, elimination, oxidation, reduction, cyclization and ring openings.
Synthesis of a commonly used drug molecule. (5)
1. University Chemistry, by B. H. Mahan.

2. Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. Sienko and A. Plane.
3. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C. N. Banwell.
4. Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B. L. Tembe, Kamaluddin and M. S.
[Type text] Page 34

Krishnan.
5. Physical Chemistry, by P. W. Atkins.
6. Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K. P. C. Volhardt and N. E.Schore.
[Type text] Page 35

HSMC-101 ENGLISH

Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Nil
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Vocabulary Building: The concept of Word Formation; Root words from foreign languages
and their use in English; Acquaintance with prefixes and suffixes from foreign languages in
English to form derivatives; Synonyms, antonyms, and standard abbreviations.
Unit 2
Basic Writing Skills: Sentence Structures; Use of phrases and clauses in sentences;
Importance of proper punctuation; Creating coherence; Organizing principles of paragraphs in
documents; Techniques for writing precisely.
Unit 3
Identifying Common Errors in Writing: Subject-verb agreement; Noun-pronoun agreement;
Misplaced modifiers; Articles; Prepositions; Redundancies; Clichés.
Unit 4
Nature and Style of sensible Writing: Describing; Defining; Classifying; Providing examples
or evidence.
Unit 5
Writing introduction and conclusion
Unit 6
Writing Practices: Comprehension; Précis Writing; Essay Writing.
[Type text] Page 36

ESC-107A BASIC ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY

L T P Total Practical: 35 Marks
Pre- Requisite: Basic Electrical Technology

Successive: Nil
CO1- Get an exposure to common electrical components and their ratings.
CO2- Make electrical connections by wires of appropriate ratings.
CO3- Understand the usage of common electrical measuring instruments.
CO4- Understand the basic characteristics of transformers and electrical machines.
CO5- Get an exposure to the working of power electronic converters.
List of Experiments/ Demonstrations:
1. Basic safety precautions. Introduction and use of measuring instruments – voltmeter,

ammeter, multi-meter, oscilloscope. Real-life resistors, capacitors and inductors.
2. Verification of network theorem in DC circuits, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton’s,

Theorem, Superposition Theorem etc.
3. Sinusoidal steady state response of R-L, and R-C circuits – impedance calculation and
verification. Observation of phase differences between current and voltage. Resonance
in R-L-C circuits.
4. Poly phase systems, three phase connections (star and delta), measurement of three
phase power.
5. Transformers: Observation of the no-load current waveform on an oscilloscope (non-

sinusoidal wave-shape due to B-H curve nonlinearity should be shown along with a
discussion about harmonics). Loading of a transformer: measurement of primary and
secondary voltages and currents, and power.
6. Demonstration of cut-out sections of machines: dc machine (commutator-brush

arrangement), induction machine (squirrel cage rotor), synchronous machine (field
winging - slip ring arrangement) and single-phase induction machine.
7. Torque Speed Characteristic of separately excited dc motor.

8. Components of LT switchgear.
[Type text] Page 37

BSC-105 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
No. of Credits: 1.5 Sessional: 15 Marks
Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The chemistry laboratory course will consist of experiments illustrating the principles of
chemistry relevant to the study of science and engineering.
CO1- Estimate rate constants of reactions from concentration of reactants/products as a

function of time.
CO2- Measure molecular/system properties such as surface tension, viscosity,

conductance of solutions, redox potentials, chloride content of water etc.
CO3- Synthesize a small drug molecule and analyze a salt sample.
List of Experiments (Choice of 10-12 from the following):
1. Determination of surface tension and viscosity.
2. Thin layer chromatography.
3. Ion exchange column for removal of hardness of water.
4. Determination of chloride content of water.
5. Colligative properties using freezing point depression.
6. Determination of the rate constant of a reaction.
7. Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions.
8. Potentiometry-determination of redox potentials and emfs.
9. Synthesis of a polymer/drug.
10. Saponification/ acid value of an oil.
11. Chemical analysis of a salt.
[Type text] Page 38

12. Lattice structures and packing of spheres.
13. Models of potential energy surfaces.
14. Chemical oscillations-Iodine clock reaction.
15. Determination of the partition coefficient of a substance between two immiscible

liquids.
16. Adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal.
17. Use of the capillary viscosimeters to demonstrate of the isoelectric point as the pH of
minimum viscosity for gelatin sols and/or coagulation of the white part of egg.
[Type text] Page 39

HSMC-102 ENGLISH LAB

Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The student will acquire basic proficiency in English including reading and listening
comprehension, writing and speaking skills.
List:
1. Listening Comprehension.
2. Pronunciation, Intonation, Stress and Rhythm.
3. Common Everyday Situations: Conversations and Dialogues.
4. Communication at Workplace.
5. Interviews.
6. Formal Presentations.
1. Practical English Usage. Michael Swan.OUP.
2. Remedial English Grammar. F. T. Wood. acmillan.
3. On Writing Well. William Zinsser. Harper Resource Book.
4. Study Writing. Liz Hamp- Lyons and Ben Heasly. Cambridge University Press.
5. Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford University Press.
6. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I- III CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University Press.
[Type text] Page 40

ESC-104 WORKSHOP-I
No. of Credits: 2 Sessional: 30Marks

0 0 4 4 Total : 100Marks
Duration of Exam: 3Hours
Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Workshop- II, Workshop- III, Workshop- IV, Workshop- V, Workshop- VI,
Workshop- VII
PART-A
Computer Engineering Workshop
Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of the course the student will be able to:
CO1- Acquire skills in basic engineering practice.
CO2- Have working knowledge of various equipments used in workshop.
CO3- Have hands on experience about various machines and their components.
CO4- Obtain practical skills of basic operation and working of tools used in the workshop.
List of Exercises:
1. To study and demonstrate Block diagram of Digital Computer System and

explanation of each unit.
2. To study and demonstrate internal parts of a Computer System (Card level) and
other peripheral devices and explanation of POST & BIOS.
3. To study and demonstrate primary memory and secondary memory.
4. To demonstrate Mother Board/ Main Board and its parts, Chipset, Connectors,
Add On Card.
5. To study various processor (Pentium-I, II, III, DUAL Core, i-3, i-5, i-7 etc).
6. To study various types of monitors: LCD /LED/TFT/PLASMA DISPLAY& New
Technologies
7. To study different printer types and their working.
8. Assembly / Installation and Maintenance of Personnel Computer Systems:

Practical exercise on assembly of Personnel Computer System, Installation of
Operating System: Windows & Linux etc, Installation of other Application
[Type text] Page 41

Softwares and Utility Softwares, Fault finding in Personnel Computers:
Software or Hardware wise, Virus: Introduction, its Types & Removal
techniques, Data Backup and Restore, Data Recovery Concepts, Typical causes
of Data loss
9. Introduction to computer networking concepts: Introduction of Connecting

devices: Hub, Switch & Router etc, Networking Cable preparation: Normal &
Cross Cables, Data Transferring Techniques from one Computer System to
another Computer System, Configuration of Switch/ Routers etc.
10. Introduction to system security and network security.
PART-B
Electrical Workshop
List of Exercises:
1. Introduction of Electrical Safety precautions, Electrical Symbols, Electrical

Materials, abbreviations commonly used in Electrical Engg. and familiarization with
tools used in Electrical Works.
2. To make a Straight Joint & Tee joint on 7/22 PVC wire and Britannia Joint on GI
wire.
3. To study fluorescent Tube Light, Sodium Lamp and High Pressure Mercury Vapour
Lamp.
4. To study different types of earthing and protection devices e.g. MCBs, ELCBs and
fuses.
5. To study different types of domestic and industrial wiring and wire up a

circuit used for Stair case and Godown wiring.
6. To make the connection of fan regulator with lamp to study the

effect of increasing and decreasing resistance in steps on the lamp.
7. To fabricate half wave and full wave rectifiers with filters on PCB.
8. Maintenance and Repair of Electrical equipment i,e Electric Iron ,

Electric Toaster ,Water heater, Air coolers and Electric Fans etc.
9. To study soldering process with simple soldering exercises.
10. To make the connection of a three core cable to three pin power plug
and connect the other cable end by secured eyes connection using
[Type text] Page 42

23/0.0076”or 40/0.0076”cable.
PART- C
Electronics Workshop
List of Exercises:
1. To study and demonstrate basic electronic components, Diode, Transistor, Resistance,

Inductor and capacitor.
2. To study and demonstrate resistance color coding, measurement using color code and
multimeter and error calculation considering tolerance of resistance.
3. To study and demonstrate multimeter and CRO- front panel controls, description of
block diagram of CRT and block diagram of CRO.
4. To study and demonstrate Vp (peak voltage),Vpp (peak to peak voltage), Time,

frequency and phase using CRO.
5. Introduction to function generator. Functions of front panel controls and measurement

of different functions on CRO.
6. To study and demonstrate variable DC regulated power supply, function of controls

and DC measurement using multimeter and CRO.
7. Soldering practice on wire mesh or a resistance decade board includes fabrication,

soldering, lacing, harnessing forming and observation.
8. Testing of components using multimeter and CRO like diode, transistor, resistance
capacitor, Zener diode and LED.
9. To study and demonstrate rectification, half wave, Full wave and bridge rectifier.
Fabrication, assembly and wave form observation.
10. To design and fabricate a printed circuit board of a Zener regulated/ series regulated
power supply and various measurements, testing of power supply.
Note: At least 8 exercises are to be performed from each part by the students.
[Type text] Page 43

BSC-101A PHYSICS
(Introduction to Electromagnetic Theory)
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) II Semester

Pre- Requisite: Mathematics course with vector calculus

Successive: Nil
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Electrostatics: Calculation of electric field and electrostatic potential for a charge
distribution; Divergence and curl of electrostatic field; Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations for
electrostatic potential and uniqueness of their solution and connection with steady state
diffusion and thermal conduction; Boundary conditions of electric field and electrostatic
potential, Electrostatic field and potential of a dipole. Bound charges due to electric
polarization; Electric displacement; boundary conditions on displacement; Solving simple
electrostatics problems in presence of dielectrics – Point charge at the centre of a dielectric
sphere, charge in front of a dielectric slab. (8)
Unit 2
Magnetostatics: Bio-Savart law, Divergence and curl of static magnetic field; vector potential
and calculating it for a given magnetic field using Stokes’ theorem; the equation for the vector
potential and its solution for given current densities, Magnetization and associated bound
currents; Boundary conditions on Solving for magnetic field due to simple magnets like a bar
magnet; magnetic susceptibility . (8)
Unit 3
Magnetic materials and Faraday’s law: Ferromagnetic, paramagnetic and diamagnetic
materials; Qualitative discussion of magnetic field in presence of magnetic materials.
Faraday’s law in terms of EMF produced by changing magnetic flux; equivalence of
Faraday’s law and motional EMF; Lenz’s law; Electromagnetic breaking and its applications.
(8)
Unit 4
Displacement current, Magnetic field due to time-dependent electric field: Continuity
equation for current densities; Modifying equation for the curl of magnetic field to satisfy
continuity equation; displace current and magnetic field arising from time- dependent electric
field; calculating magnetic field due to changing electric fields in quasistatic approximation.
Maxwell’s equation in vacuum and non-conducting medium; electromagnetic wave equation
and energy in an electromagnetic field; Flow of energy and Poynting vector. (8)
[Type text] Page 44

1. David Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics
2. Halliday and Resnick, Physics
3. W. Saslow, Electricity, magnetism and light
[Type text] Page 45

BSC-106A MATHEMATICS II
(Calculus, Ordinary Differential Equations and Complex Variable)

Pre- Requisite: Mathematics course with vector calculus

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in
multivariate integration, ordinary and partial differential equations and complex variables. It
aims to equip the students to deal with advanced level of mathematics and applications that
would be essential for their disciplines.
Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the student will learn:
CO1- The mathematical tools needed in evaluating multiple integrals and their usage.
CO2- The effective mathematical tools for the solutions of differential equations that model
physical processes.
CO3- The tools of differentiation and integration of functions of a complex variable that are
used in various techniques dealing engineering problems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Multivariable Calculus (Integration): Multiple Integration: Double integrals (Cartesian),

change of order of integration in double integrals, Change of variables (Cartesian to polar),
Applications: areas and volumes, Center of mass and Gravity (constant and variable densities);
Triple integrals (Cartesian), orthogonal curvilinear coordinates, Simple applications involving
cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelepipeds; Scalar line integrals, vector line integrals, scalar
surface integrals, vector surface integrals, Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes. (12)
Unit 2
First order ordinary differential equations: Exact, linear and Bernoulli’s equations, Euler’s
equations, Equations not of first degree: equations solvable for p, equations solvable for y,
equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type. (8)
Unit 3
[Type text] Page 46

Ordinary differential equations of higher orders: Second order linear differential equations
with variable coefficients, method of variation of parameters, Cauchy-Euler equation; Power
series solutions; Legendre polynomials, Bessel functions of the first kind and their properties.
(10)
Unit 4
Complex Variable – Differentiation: Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic

functions, harmonic functions, finding harmonic conjugate; elementary analytic functions
(exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties; Conformal mappings, Mobius
transformations and their properties. (10)
Unit 5
Complex Variable – Integration: Contour integrals, Cauchy-Goursat theorem (without

proof), Cauchy Integral formula (without proof), Liouville’s theorem and Maximum-
Modulus theorem (without proof); Taylor’s series, zeros of analytic functions, singularities,
Laurent’s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without proof), Evaluation of definite
integral involving sine and cosine, Evaluation of certain improper integrals using the Bromwich
contour. (10)

(i) G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, Pearson.
(ii) Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons.
(iii) W. E. Boyce and R. C. DiPrima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value
Problems, Wiley India.
(iv) S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, Wiley India.
(v) E. A. Coddington, An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, Prentice Hal India.
(vi) E. L. Ince, Ordinary Differential Equations, Dover Publications.
(vii) J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, Mc- Graw Hill.
(viii) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications,.
(ix) B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
[Type text] Page 47

ESC- 103 PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING

Pre- Requisite: Nil
Successive: Nil
CO1- To formulate simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems.
CO2- To translate the algorithms to programs (in C language).
CO3- To test and execute the programs and correct syntax and logical errors.
CO4- To implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion.
CO5- To decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete program using
divide and conquer approach.
CO6- To use arrays, pointers and structures to formulate algorithms and programs.
CO7- To apply programming to solve matrix addition and multiplication problems and
searching and sorting problems.
CO8- To apply programming to solve simple numerical method problems, namely rot
finding of function, differentiation of function and simple integration.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to Programming: (4)
Introduction to components of a computer system (disks, memory, processor, where a
program is stored and executed, operating system, compilers etc.). (1)
Idea of Algorithm: steps to solve logical and numerical problems. Representation of
Algorithm: Flowchart/ Pseudo code with examples. (1)
From algorithms to programs; source code, variables (with data types) variables and memory
locations, Syntax and Logical Errors in compilation, object and executable code. (2)
Unit 2
Arithmetic expressions and precedence (2)
Conditional Branching and Loops (6)
[Type text] Page 48

Writing and evaluation of conditionals and consequent branching (3)
Iteration and loops (3)
Unit 3
Arrays: Arrays (1-D, 2-D), Character arrays and Strings (6)
Unit 4
Basic Algorithms: Searching, Basic Sorting Algorithms (Bubble, Insertion and Selection),
Finding roots of equations, notion of order of complexity through example programs (no
formal definition required).(6)
Unit 5
Function: Functions (including using built in libraries), Parameter passing in functions, call by
value, Passing arrays to functions: idea of call by reference (5)
Unit 6
Recursion: Recursion, as a different way of solving problems. Example Programs, such as

Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series, Ackerman function etc. Quick sort or Merge sort. (4-5)
Unit 7
Structure: Structures, Defining structures and Array of Structures. (4)
Unit 8
Pointers
Idea of pointers, Defining pointers, Use of Pointers in self-referential structures, notion of

linked list (no implementation). (2)
Unit 9
File handling (only if time is available, otherwise should be done as part of the lab)

1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill.
2. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSIC, Tata Mc Graw-Hill.
3. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language,
Prentice Hall.
[Type text] Page 49

BSC-104A PHYSICS ELECTROMAGNETIC LAB
No. of Credits: 1.5 Sessional: 15 Marks

List of Experiments:
At least 06 experiments from the following
1. To verify the law of Malus for plane polarized light.
2. To determine the specific rotation of sugar solution using Polarimeter.
3. To analyze elliptically polarized Light by using a Babinet’s compensator.
4. To study dependence of radiation on angle for a simple Dipole antenna.
5. To determine the wavelength and velocity of ultrasonic waves in a liquid (Kerosene Oil,
Xylene, etc.) by studying the diffraction through ultrasonic grating.
6. To study the reflection, refraction of microwaves
7. To study Polarization and double slit interference in microwaves.
8. To determine the refractive index of liquid by total internal reflection using Wollaston’s
air-film.
9. To determine the refractive Index of (1) glass and (2) a liquid by total internal reflection
using a Gaussian eyepiece.
10. To study the polarization of light by reflection and determine the polarizing angle for
air-glass interface.
11. To verify the Stefan`s law of radiation and to determine Stefan’s constant.
12. To determine Boltzmann constant using V-I characteristics of PN junction diode.
Note: Experiments may be added or deleted as per the availability of equipments.

1. Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, Asia
Publishing House.
2. Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, Heinemann
Educational Publishers.
3. Electromagnetic Field Theory for Engineers & Physicists, G. Lehner, Springer.
[Type text] Page 50

ESC- 105 PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING LAB

CO-1 To formulate the algorithms for simple problems.
CO2- To translate given algorithms to a working and correct program.
CO3- To be able to correct syntax errors as reported by the compilers.
CO4-To be able to identify and correct logical errors encountered at run time.
CO5- To be able to write iterative as well as recursive programs.

CO6- To be able to represent data in arrays, strings and structures and manipulate them
through a program.
CO7- To be able to declare pointers of different types and use them in defining self-
referential structures.
CO8- To be able to create, read and write to and from simple text files.
Tutorial 1: Problem solving using computers:
Lab 1: Familiarization with programming environment.
Tutorial 2: Variable types and type conversions:

Lab 2: Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions.
Tutorial 3: Branching and logical expressions:
Lab 3: Problems involving if-then-else structures
Tutorial 4: Loops, while and for loops:
Lab 4: Iterative problems e.g., sum of series
Tutorial 5: 1 D Arrays: searching, sorting:

Lab 5: 1 D Array manipulation
Tutorial 6: 2 D arrays and Strings
Lab 6: Matrix problems, String operations
Tutorial 7: Functions, call by value:

Lab 7: Simple functions
[Type text] Page 51

Tutorial 8 & 9: Numerical methods (Root finding, numerical differentiation, numerical
integration):
Lab 8 and 9: Programming for solving Numerical methods problems
Tutorial 10: Recursion, structure of recursive calls
Lab 10: Recursive functions
Tutorial 11: Pointers, structures and dynamic memory allocation

Lab 11: Pointers and structures
Tutorial 12: File handling:
Lab 12: File operations
[Type text] Page 52

ESC- 102 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DRAWING
Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: CAD/CAM
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to understand the basic principles of engineering
drawing and graphics and to apply the same to daw different types of projections.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1- Understand the basic principles of projections of points and lines.
CO 2- Know the different orientations and projections of planes and solids.
CO 3- Learn about the projections of sectioning of solids in different orientations and

development of surfaces.
CO 4- Draw orthographic and isometric view of an object.
CO 5- Learn about the basics of AUTOCAD
Course Contents:
Unit 1:
Introduction: Importance, Significance and scope of Engineering Drawing, Usage of drawing

Instruments, Dimensioning, Scales, Sense of proportioning, Different types of projections,
Orthographic projections of simple engineering objects, B.I.S Specifications. (12)
Unit 2:
Projection of Points & Lines: Introduction of plane of projection, reference & auxiliary
planes, projection of points and line in different quadrants, traces, inclinations & true lengths
of the lines, projections on auxiliary plane, shortest distance intersecting and non intersecting
lines. (8)
Unit 3:
Projection of Planes and Solids: Parallel to one reference plane, inclined to one plane but
perpendicular to the other, inclined to both reference planes. Projection of Polyhedra, solids of
revolution-in simple positions with axis perpendicular to a plane, with axis parallel to both
planes, with axis parallel to one plane and inclined to the other. (8)
[Type text] Page 53

Unit 4:
Sectioning of Solids and Development of Surfaces: Projections of sections of prisms,

pyramids, cylinders and cones. Development of simple object with and without sectioning. (4)
Unit 5:
Isometric Projections: Introduction, isometric scale, Isometric view of plane figures, prisms,
pyramids and cylinders. (4)
Unit 6:
Overview of Computer Graphics: Introduction to AUTOCAD and practice of simple

exercises related to the above units on CAD Software. (8)

1. Machine Drawing - N D Bhatt and V M Panchal, Charotar Publishing House.
2. A Text Book of Machine Drawing - P S Gill Pub.: S K Kataria & Sons.
3. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing and Machine Drawing by M. L. Aggarwal and

Sandhya Dixit: Dhanpat Rai & Co.
4. Textbook on Engineering Drawing , K. L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Scitech Publichers
Web Links:
S.N Address of web source Content

1. https://youtu.be/2C8H2rIwhrA Engineering Drawing
2. https://youtu.be/xzi_R8lims0 Drawing Layouts
[Type text] Page 54

ESC-106 WORK SHOP-II
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

0 0 4 4 Total : 100Marks
Pre- Requisite: Workshop -I

Successive: Workshop- III, Workshop- IV, Workshop- V, Workshop- VI, Workshop- VII
Course Outcomes (COs): After studying this course the students will be able to:
CO 1- Acquire skills on basic engineering materials and safety aspects.

CO 2- Understand the fundamental concept of various basic engineering practices namely
fitting, sheet metal, carpentry, pattern making and welding etc.
CO 3- Learn and use different marking & measuring instruments used in machine shop, fitting
shop, sheet metal shop, carpentry & pattern making shop etc.
CO 4- Practice real time job preparation using various operations related to fitting, sheet
metal, carpentry, welding & foundry etc.
List of Exercises:
Machine shop, fitting shop, sheet metal shop, carpentry & pattern making shop, welding
shop, foundry shop, forging (smith) shop and injection moulding shop.
Section (A): Machine Shop
1. To understand the layout, safety measures and fundamental concept of different

engineering materials used in the workshop.
2. To study and demonstrate the various parts, specifications & operations on lathe,
milling and shaping machine.
3. To study different types of measuring tools used in metrology and determine the
least count of vernier calipers, vernier height gauges and micrometers.
Section (B): Fitting & Sheet Metal Shop
4. To study different types of tools, equipments, devices and machines used in fitting
shop.
5. To prepare a job involving filing, drilling, tapping and hacksaw cutting operations on
mild steel plate.
6. To study various types of sheet metal tools and prepare a simple sheet metal joint.
Section (C): Carpentry and Pattern Making Shop
[Type text] Page 55

7. To study various types of carpentry and pattern making tools and equipments.
8. To prepare a simple wooden joint (cross lap / Tee-lap/dovetail joint) using kail wood
in carpentry shop.
9. To prepare single piece pattern / split pattern using kail wood in pattern making
shop.
Section (D): Welding Shop
10. To practice striking an arc and prepare straight short bead on given M.S plate in flat
positionby arc welding.
11. To prepare straight continuous bead and re start of electrode in flat position by arc
welding on given M.S. plate as per size.
12. To practice tack weld &close butt joint in flat position by arc welding on given M.S.
plate as per size.
Section (E): Foundry, Forging (Smithy) & Injection Moulding shop
13. To study various types of foundry tools and prepare a mould cavity using single/split
pattern in moulding sand.
14. To study various types of forging / black smithy tools and prepare a ring or hook by
hand forging operation.
15. To study the working of injection molding machine and prepare a simple component
by injection moulding.
NOTE: - Total twelve exercises should be performed from the above list. At least two from
each section and remaining two may either be performed from above list or designed by the
concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus and facilities available in institute.
[Type text] Page 56

PCC-ME-301/21 THERMODYNAMICS
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) III Semester

Pre- Requisite: Nil
Successive: Applied Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer, IC Engines, Refrigeration

and Air Conditioning
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to understand and apply the concepts of
thermodynamic properties and their relationships, laws of thermodynamics and
thermodynamic behaviour of pure substances to solve engineering problems.
Course Outcomes (COs): At the completion of this course the student will be able to:
CO1- Understand the basic concepts of thermodynamics and apply energy balance to systems
and control volumes, in situations involving heat and work interactions.
CO2- Learn to differentiate between high grade and low grade energies and understand the
Second law limitations on energy conversion.
CO3- Evaluate properties of pure substances, gases and their mixtures in various processes.
CO4- Analyze performance of energy conversion devices and cycles.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Fundamental Concepts: Introduction, System & Control volume; Types of systems,

Property, State & Process; Concept of Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Quasistatic Process,
Exact & Inexact differentials; Work - Thermodynamic definition of work; Displacement work;
Path dependence of displacement work. Definition of heat; examples of heat/ work interaction
in systems; Numerical Problems related to Heat and Work. (6)
Unit 2
Temperature and First law: Temperature, Definition of thermal equilibrium and Zeroth law;
Temperature scales; Various Thermometers. First Law for Cyclic & Non-cyclic processes;
Concept of total energy E; Energy: a property; Various modes of energy, Internal energy and
Enthalpy. Numerical Problems on Thermometry and First Law. (7)
[Type text] Page 57

Unit 3
First Law for Flow Processes: Derivation of general energy equation for a control volume;
Steady state steady flow processes; Examples of steady flow devices like nozzles, turbines,
compressors and heat exchangers; Unsteady flow processes; Throttling and Free expansion
processes. Numerical Problems on Steady Flow processes. (6)
Unit 4
Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy: Definitions of direct and reverse heat
engines; Definitions of thermal efficiency and COP; Kelvin-Planck and Clausius statements
and their equivalence; Definition of reversible process; Internal and external irreversibility;
Carnot cycle; Carnot theorem; Absolute temperature scale.
Clausius inequality; Definition of entropy S ; Entropy S: a property; Principle of increase of

entropy and its applications; Illustration of processes in T-s coordinates; Irreversibility and
Availability, Availability function for systems and Control volumes undergoing different
processes. Numerical Problems on Second law and Entropy. (12)
Unit 5
Properties of Pure Substances and Gas Mixtures: Definition of Pure substance, Ideal Gases
and ideal gas mixtures, Real gases, Properties of two phase systems - Constant temperature
and Constant pressure heating of water; Definitions of saturated states; P-v-T surface; Use of
steam tables and Mollier’s chart; Identification of states & determination of properties,.
Numerical Problems related to ideal gases and steam. (10)
Unit 6
Thermodynamic Cycles: Air Standard Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles; their comparison; Basic
Brayton cycle. Numerical Problems. (9)

1. Nag, P.K, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Jones, J. B. and Duggan, R. E., Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice-Hall of India
3. Moran, M. J. and Shapiro, H. N., Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, John

Wiley and Sons.
4. Sonntag, R. E, Borgnakke, C. and Van Wylen, G. J., Fundamentals of Thermodynamics,

John Wiley and Sons.
Web Links:
S.No. Address of Web Source Content

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105266/ Unit 5: Properties of Pure
Substances
[Type text] Page 58

2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104113/ Unit 1 and 2: Fundamentals
of Energy Conversion
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/104/101104063/ Unit 3 and 4 Laws of
Thermodynamics
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105123/ Unit 6 Thermodynamic
Cycles
[Type text] Page 59

PCC-ME-302/21 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-I

Pre- Requisite: Physics, Mathematics II and Engineering Mechanics

Successive: Advanced Strength of Materials, Design of Machine Elements-I, Design of
Machine Elements-II
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course isto understand the nature of stresse and elastic deformation
developed in simple geometries such as bars, cantilevers, beams, shafts, cylinders and spheres under
various loading conditions.
Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of this course the students will be able to:
CO1- Analyze the static stresses and strains within the elementary structural members.
CO2- Evaluate shear force, bending moment and their distribution under transverse loading.
CO3- Understand the basic terminology and concepts for slope and deflection of beams.
CO4- Determine the stresses and strains in the members subjected to axial, bending and torsion
loads.
CO5- Apply the concept of stresses in pressure vessels.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Stress, Strain and Deformation of Solids: Rigid bodies and deformable solids, Tension,
Compression and Shear Stresses, Hooke’s law, Elastic constants and their relations, Plastic
behavior of materials, Deformation of simple and compound bars, Thermal stresses,
Volumetric strains, Stresses on inclined planes, principal stresses and principal planes,
Mohr’s circle of stress. Numerical Problems. (9)
Unit 2
Transverse Loading on Beams and Stresses in Beams: Types of beams, Transverse loading,
Shear force and bending moment in beams, Cantilevers, Simply supported beams and over-
hanging beams under point, uniformly distributed and uniformly varying loads, Theory of
bending of beams, bending stress distribution and neutral axis, shear stress distribution, Load
carrying capacity, Proportioning of section. (14)
Unit 3
[Type text] Page 60

Deflection of Beams: Double Integration method, Macaulay’s method, Area moment method
for computation of slopes and deflections in beams, Conjugate beam and strain energy,
Castigliano’s & Maxwell’s theorems. (9)
Unit 4
Torsion: Torsion formulation stresses and deformation in circular and hollows shafts,
Stepped shafts, Deflection in shafts fixed at the both ends, Stresses in helical springs,
Deflection of helical springs, carriage springs. (9)
Unit 5
Thin Cylinders, Spheres and Thick Cylinders: Stresses in thin cylindrical shell due to
internal pressure, circumferential and longitudinal stresses and deformation in thin and thick
cylinders, spherical shells subjected to internal pressure, Deformation in spherical shells,
Lame’s theorem. (9)

1. Strength of Materials by G.H.Ryder, Macmillan Publishers India Limited.
2. Egor P. Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. R. Subramanian, Strength of Materials, Oxford University Press.
3. Ferdinand P. Been, Russel Johnson Jr and John J. Dewole, Mechanics of Materials, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
Web Links:
S.No. Address of web source Content

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107146/ Stress, Strain
and
Deformation of
Solids
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sP34uzn7diA Transverse
Loading on
Beams and
Stresses in
Beams
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9Mm5YJkma-0 Transverse
Loading on
Beams and
Stresses in
Beams
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IQB0bJRCRxo Torsion
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CnONQoxubLw
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zET8EKFnHFE
[Type text] Page 61

5 https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112105125/pdf/module- Thin Cylinders,
9%20lesson-2.pdf Spheres and
Thick Cylinders
6 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GUOKSExdjq8 Deflection of
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vi0tjfDSjNY Beams
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q7G0RMtrKr8
[Type text] Page 62

PCC-ME-303/21 FLUID MECHANICS AND FLUID MACHINES

Pre- Requisite: Nil
Successive: Heat and Mass Transfer
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to understand basics of Fluid Mechanics
and Machines, laws of fluid mechanics, model testing and performance parameters for
hydraulic machinery.
CO 1- Expediate the properties of fluid and basic fluid mechanics laws.

CO 2- Understand the characteristics of fluid and application of continuity and Bernoulli’s
equation.
CO 3- Conceptualize the boundary layer, laminar and turbulent flow.
CO 4- Analyze the modeling of fluid flow problems.
CO5- Evaluate the performance of hydraulic turbines.
CO6- Evaluate the performance of hydraulic pumps.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction and Fluid Statics: Definition of fluid, Newton’s law of viscosity, properties of
fluids, mass density, specific volume, specific gravity, viscosity and surface tension, Stability
of floating Bodies and Submerged bodies, Determination of metacentric height, Numerical
Problems (8)
Unit 2
Fluid Kinematics and Fluid Dynamics: Different types of flows, Continuity equation,
applications of continuity equation, momentum equation and its applications, Euler’s equation,
Bernoulli’s equation and its applications, Venturimeter, Orificemeter, Rotameter, Numerical
Problems (8)
Unit 3
[Type text] Page 63

Laminar flow through pipes and Boundary Layer: Exact flow solutions in channels and
ducts, Couette and Poisuielle flow, laminar flow through circular conduits, concept of
boundary layer, measurement of boundary layer thickness, Von-Karman integral Momentum
equation for boundary layer, Darcy Weisbach equation, friction factor, Numerical Problems.
(7)
Unit 4
Dimensional Analysis: Need for dimensional analysis, methods of dimension analysis,

Similitude, types of similitude, Dimensionless parameters, application of dimensionless
parameters, similitude laws, Model testing, Model testing of turbines and pumps, Numerical
Problems. (7)
Unit 5
Hydraulic Turbines: Euler’s equation, theory of Rotodynamic machines, Introduction to

hydro power plant, Classification of water turbines, heads and efficiencies, velocity triangles,
Pelton turbine, Francis turbine, Kaplan turbines and their working principles, draft tube,
Specific speed, unit quantities, performance curves for turbines, governing of turbines,
Numerical Problems. (10)
Unit 6
Pumps: Centrifugal pumps: working principle, various heads and efficiencies, velocity
components at entry and exit of the rotor, velocity triangles, work done by the impeller,
performance curves. Reciprocating pump: Classifications, working principle, Indicator
Diagram, Numerical Problems. (10)

1 Mechanics of Fluids – I H Shames; McGraw Hill
2. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering – D.S. Kumar; S.K. Kataria and Sons.
3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines – S.K. Som and G. Biswas; TMH
Publications, New Delhi.
4. Fluid Mechanics – Streeter V L and Wylie E B; McGraw Hill
5. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery – S.K. Agarwal; TMH; New Delhi.
6. Fluid Mechanics by Frank M. White; McGraw Hill.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104118/
[Type text] Page 64

ESC- 201 BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Pre- Requisite: Physics

Successive: Mechatronics, Automation in Manufacturing
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of electronic device components to

Mechanical engineering students.
Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course students will demonstrate the ability to
CO1- Understand the principles of semiconductor devices and their applications.
CO2- Design an application using Operational amplifier.
CO3- Understand the working of timing circuits and oscillators.
CO4- Understand logic gates, flip flop as a building block of digital systems.
CO5- Learn the basics of Electronic communication system.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Semiconductor Devices and Applications: Introduction to P-N junction Diode and V-I
characteristics, Half wave and Full-wave rectifiers, capacitor filter. Zener diode and its
characteristics, Zener diode as voltage regulator. Regulated power supply IC based on 78XX
and 79XX series, Introduction to BJT, its input-output and transfer characteristics, BJT as a
single stage CE amplifier, frequency response and bandwidth. (8)
Unit 2
Operational amplifier and its applications: Introduction to operational amplifiers, Op-amp

input modes and parameters, Op-amp in open loop configuration, op-amp with negative
feedback, study of practical op-amp IC 741, inverting and non-inverting amplifier
applications: summing and difference amplifier, unity gain buffer, comparator, integrator and
differentiator. (8)
Unit 3
[Type text] Page 65

Timing Circuits and Oscillators: RC-timing circuits, IC 555 and its applications as astable
and mono-stable multi-vibrators, positive feedback, Barkhausen's criteria for oscillation, R-C
phase shift and Wein bridge oscillator. (8)
Unit 4
Digital Electronics Fundamentals: Difference between analog and digital signals, Boolean
algebra, Basic and Universal Gates, Symbols, Truth tables, logic expressions, Logic
simplification using K- map, Logic ICs, half and full adder/subtractor, multiplexers, de-
multiplexers, flip-flops, shift registers, counters, Block diagram of
microprocessor/microcontroller and their applications. (8)
Unit 5
Electronic Communication Systems: The elements of communication system, IEEE

frequency spectrum, Transmission media: wired and wireless, need of modulation, AM and
FM modulation schemes, Mobile communication systems: cellular concept and block diagram
of GSM system. (8)

1. Floyd ,” Electronic Devices” Pearson Education.
2. R.P. Jain , “Modern Digital Electronics”, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
3. Frenzel, “Communication Electronics: Principles and Applications”, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
[Type text] Page 66

ESC-203 ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Pre- Requisite: Physics, Mathematics

Successive: Kinematics of Machines, Dynamics of Machines, Strength of Materials- II
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide an introduction of Engineering Mechanics

fundamentals and applications.
Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO 1- Understand the basic force system and equilibrium.
CO 2- Apply principles of friction in engineering problems.
CO 3- Understand the concepts of Structure analysis.
CO 4- Determine Centroid and understand the virtual work concept.
CO5- Analyze particle dynamics.
CO6- Understand the concepts of Kinematics and Kinetics of Rigid Bodies.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to Engineering Mechanics: Force Systems: Basic concepts, Particle

equilibrium in 2-D & 3-D, Rigid Body equilibrium. System of Forces: Coplanar and
Concurrent Forces, Components of forces in Space, Resultant. Moment of Forces and its
Application, Couples, Equilibrium of System of Forces, Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar
Systems and Spatial Systems. (8)
Unit 2
Friction: Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Static and Dynamic Friction;
Motion of Bodies, wedge friction, screw jack & differential screw jack. (5)
Unit 3
Structural Analysis: Equilibrium in three dimensions. Trusses: Method of Sections, Method

of Joints, Zero force members. Beams & types of beams, Frames & Machines. (7)
Unit 4
Centroid and Centre of Gravity: Centroid of simple figures from first principle, centroid of
composite sections; Centre of Gravity; Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment of inertia
[Type text] Page 67

of plane sections from first principles, Theorems of moment of inertia, Moment of inertia of
standard sections and composite sections; Mass moment inertia of circular plate, Cylinder,
Cone, Sphere, Hook. (7)
Unit 5
Virtual Work and Energy Methods: Virtual displacements, Principle of virtual work for
particle and ideal system of rigid bodies, Degrees of Freedom. Active force diagram, systems
with friction, mechanical efficiency. Conservative forces and potential energy (elastic and
gravitational), energy equation for equilibrium. Applications of energy method for
equilibrium. Stability. (7)
Unit 6
Particle dynamics: Rectilinear motion, Plane curvilinear motion (rectangular, path, and polar
coordinates). 3-D curvilinear motion; Relative and constrained motion; Newton’s 2nd law
(rectangular, path, and polar coordinates). Work-kinetic energy, power, potential energy.
Impulse-momentum (linear, angular); Impact (Direct and oblique). (8)
Unit 7
Kinematics and Kinetics of Rigid Bodies: Basic terms, general principles in dynamics;
Types of motion, Instantaneous centre of rotation in plane motion and simple problems; D’
Alembert’s principle and its applications in plane motion and connected bodies; Work energy
principle and its application in plane motion of connected bodies; Kinetics of rigid body
rotation. (8)

1. Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics, Prentice Hall
2. F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston, Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Vol I - Statics, Vol II, –
Dynamics, Tata McGraw Hill
3. R. C. Hibbler, Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics, Pearson Press.
4. Hibler and Gupta, Engineering Mechanics (Statics, Dynamics) by Pearson Education.
5. Reddy Vijaykumar K. and K. Suresh Kumar, Singer’s Engineering Mechanics.
6. Bansal R.K., A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics, Laxmi Publications.
7. Khurmi R.S., Engineering Mechanics, S. Chand & Co.
8. Tayal A.K., Engineering Mechanics, Umesh Publications.
Web Links:
[Type text] Page 68

1. https://youtu.be/tJw_-gx-i-0 Principle of Virtual Work: Lecture- 1
2. https://youtu.be/6n61rjociHQ Principle of Virtual Work: Lecture- 2
3. https://youtu.be/zGsGupbv_SI Energy Relations
4. https://youtu.be/VQRcChR9IkU Friction- Lecture- 1
5. https://youtu.be/jpvt1D4jG9w Friction- Lecture- 2
6. https://youtu.be/BytusqcT_F0 Friction- Lecture- 3
7. https://youtu.be/LBMHPeJNB4E Particle Dynamics
8. https://youtu.be/3-aNY5FtU6k Circular Motion
[Type text] Page 69

BSC 201 MATHEMATICS III

Pre- Requisite: Mathematics I and II

Successive: Operations Research
Course Objectives:
• To introduce the solution methodologies for second order Partial Differential

Equations with applications in engineering
• To provide an overview of probability and statistics to engineers.
Course Outcomes: After the completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1- Solve field problems in engineering involving PDEs.
CO2- Formulate and solve problems involving random variables
CO3- Apply statistical methods for analysing experimental data.
CO4- Understand the concept of probability.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Definition of Partial Differential Equations, First order partial differential equations, solutions
of first order linear PDEs; Solution to homogenous and non-homogenous linear partial
differential equations of second order by complimentary function and particular integral
method. Second-order linear equations and their classification, Initial and boundary
conditions, D'Alembert's solution of the wave equation; Duhamel's principle for one
dimensional wave equation. Heat diffusion and vibration problems, Separation of variables
method to simple problems in Cartesian coordinates. The Laplacian in plane, cylindrical and
spherical polar coordinates, solutions with Bessel functions and Legendre functions. One
dimensional diffusion equation and its solution by separation of variables. (14)
Unit 2
Probability spaces, conditional probability, independence; Discrete random variables,

Independent random variables, the multinomial distribution, Poisson approximation to the
binomial distribution, infinite sequences of Bernoulli trials, sums of independent random
variables; Expectation of Discrete Random Variables, Moments, Variance of a sum,
Correlation coefficient, Chebyshev's Inequality. Continuous random variables and their
properties, distribution functions and densities, normal, exponential and gamma densities.
[Type text] Page 70

Bivariate distributions and their properties, distribution of sums and quotients, conditional
densities, Bayes' rule. (12)
Unit 3
Basic Statistics, Measures of Central tendency: Moments, skewness and Kurtosis - Probability
distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal - evaluation of statistical parameters for these
three distributions, Correlation and regression – Rank correlation. Curve fitting by the method
of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree parabolas and more general curves.
Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions, Tests
for single mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. Test for ratio of
variances - Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes. (12)

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons.
2. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications.
3. P. G. Hoel, S. C. Port and C. J. Stone, Introduction to Probability Theory, Universal Book

Stall.
4. S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, Pearson Education India.
[Type text] Page 71

BSC 01 BIOLOGY

Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Environmental Science
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to learn the Basic concept of Biology related to Engineers,
Genetics, Biomolecules, Enzymes, Information Transfer, Macromolecular analysis,
Metabolism, Microbiology
CO1- Classify enzymes and distinguish between different mechanisms of enzyme action.
CO2- Identify DNA as a genetic material in the molecular basis of information transfer.
CO3- Analyze biological processes at the reductionist level
CO4- Apply thermodynamic principles to biological systems.
CO5- Identify and classify microorganisms.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Bring out the fundamental differences between science and engineering by
drawing a comparison between eye and camera, Bird flying and aircraft. Mention the most
exciting aspect of biology as an independent scientific discipline. Why we need to study
biology? Discuss how biological observations of 18th Century that lead to major discoveries.
Examples from Brownian motion and the origin of thermodynamics by referring to the
original observation of Robert Brown and Julius Mayor. These examples will highlight the
fundamental importance of observations in any scientific inquiry.
Unit 2
Classification: Purpose: To convey that classification per se is not what biology is all about.
The underlying criterion, such as morphological, biochemical or ecological be highlighted.
Hierarchy of life forms at phenomenological level. A common thread weaves this hierarchy
Classification. Discuss classification based on (a) cellularity- Unicellular or multicellular (b)
ultrastructure- prokaryotes or eucaryotes. (c) energy and Carbon utilization -Autotrophs,
heterotrophs, lithotropes (d) Ammonia excretion – aminotelic, uricoteliec, ureotelic (e)
[Type text] Page 72

Habitata- acquatic or terrestrial (e) Molecular taxonomy- three major kingdoms of life. A
given organism can come under different category based on classification. Model organisms
for the study of biology come from different groups. E.coli, S.cerevisiae, D. Melanogaster, C.
elegance, A. Thaliana, M. musculus
Unit 3
Genetics: Purpose: To convey that “Genetics is to biology what Newton’s laws are to
Physical Sciences” Mendel’s laws, Concept of segregation and independent assortment.
Concept of allele. Gene mapping, Gene interaction, Epistasis. Meiosis and Mitosis be taught
as a part of genetics. Emphasis to be give not to the mechanics of cell division nor the phases
but how genetic material passes from parent to offspring.Concepts of recessiveness and
dominance.Concept of mapping of phenotype to genes. Discuss about the single gene
disorders in humans. Discuss the concept of complementation using human genetics.
Unit 4
Biomolecules: Purpose: To convey that all forms of life has the same building blocks and yet
the manifestations are as diverse as one can imagine Molecules of life. In this context discuss
monomeric units and polymeric structures. Discuss about sugars, starch and cellulose. Amino
acids and proteins.Nucleotides and DNA/RNA.Two carbon units and lipids.
Unit 5
Enzymes: Purpose: To convey that without catalysis life would not have existed on
earthEnzymology: How to monitor enzyme catalyzed reactions. How does an enzyme catalyse
reactions. Enzyme classification.Mechanism of enzyme action. Discuss at least two examples.
Enzyme kinetics and kinetic parameters. Why should we know these parameters to understand
biology? RNA catalysis.
Unit 6
Information Transfer: Purpose: The molecular basis of coding and decoding genetic
information is universal Molecular basis of information transfer. DNA as a genetic material.
Hierarchy of DNA structure- from single stranded to double helix to nucleosomes. Concept of
genetic code.Universality and degeneracy of genetic code. Define gene in terms of
complementation and recombination.
Unit 7
Macromolecular Analysis: Purpose: How to analyses biological processes at the

reductionistic level Proteins- structure and function. Hierarch in protein structure.Primary
secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure.Proteins as enzymes, transporters, receptors and
structural elements. (5)
Unit 8
[Type text] Page 73

Metabolism: Purpose: The fundamental principles of energy transactions are the same in
physical and biological world. Thermodynamics as applied to biological systems. Exothermic
and endothermic versus endergonic and exergoinc reactions. Concept of Keq and its relation to
standard free energy. Spontaneity. ATP as an energy currency. This should include the
breakdown of glucose to CO2 + H2O (Glycolysis and Krebs cycle) and synthesis of glucose
from CO2 and H2O (Photosynthesis). Energy yielding and energy consuming reactions.
Concept of Energy charge. (4)
Unit 9
Microbiology: Concept of single celled organisms. Concept of species and strains.

Identification and classification of microorganisms. Microscopy. Ecological aspects of
single celled organisms. Sterilization and media compositions. Growth kinetics. (3)

1. Biology: A global approach: Campbell, N. A.; Reece, J. B.; Urry, Lisa; Cain, M, L.;
Wasserman, S. A.; Minorsky, P. V.; Jackson, R. B. Pearson Education Ltd.
2. Outlines of Biochemistry, Conn, E.E; Stumpf, P.K; Bruening, G; Doi, R.H., John Wiley
and Sons.
3. Principles of Biochemistry, By Nelson, D. L.; and Cox, M. M.W.H. Freeman and
Company.
4. Molecular Genetics, Stent, G. S.; and Calender, R.W.H. Freeman and company,
Distributed by Satish Kumar Jain for CBS Publisher.
5. Microbiology, Prescott, L.M J.P. Harley and C.A. Klein Wm, C. Brown Publishers.
[Type text] Page 74

PCC-ME-304/21 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

002 2 Total : 50 Marks
Pre- Requisite: Strength of Materials
Successive: Strength of Materials -II, Design of Machine Elements-I, Design of Machine
Elements-II
Course Objectives:
The objective of the Strength of Materials lab is to give insight to the students about various
mechanical properties of the materials and perform such experiments on different machines/
equipments.
CO 1- Understand the concepts of mechanical properties for materials and testing methods.
CO 2- Measure and interpret hardness of materials on different machines/ equipments.
CO 3- Analyze impact properties of materials.
CO 4- Assess tensile, shear, compressive and other properties of materials on UTM.
1. To perform the Brinell hardness test.
2. To perform the Rockwell hardness test.
3. To perform the Vickers hardness test on Universal Hardness Tester and compare with
Rockwell hardness.
4. To study the Erricson sheet metal testing machine & perform the Erricson sheet metal
test.
5. To perform the Impact tests (Izod & Charpy) on Impact Testing Machine.
6. To perform the tensile test on Universal Testing Machine.
7. To perform compression & bending tests on Universal Testing Machine.
8. To perform the shear test on Universal Testing Machine.
9. To perform the torsion test on a Torsion Testing Machine.
10. To determine the Micro hardness of sample.
11. To study the fatigue testing of materials.
12. To determine the stiffness of helical spring.
[Type text] Page 75

Note: At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester. Eight experiments are to
be performed from the above list and the rest may be designed/ conducted by the concerned
department/institution.
[Type text] Page 76

PCC-ME-305/21 FLUID MECHANICS & MACHINES LAB
0022 Total: 50 Marks
Pre- Requisite: Nil
Successive: Heat and Mass Transfer
Course Objectives:
The objective of this lab is to learn about fluid properties and measure fluid flow losses,
efficiencies, performance characteristics of hydraulic machines by performing various
experiments.
CO 1- Understand the techniques and concept of stability.
CO 2- Measure and analyze discharge and hydraulic coefficients.
CO 3- Measure different types of pipe losses and determine the velocity profile in a Pipe.
CO 4- Analyze the performance characteristics of hydraulic turbines and pumps.
1. To verify the Bernoulli’s Theorem.
2. To determine coefficient of discharge of Venturimeter.
3. To determine coefficient of discharge of Orifice meter.
4. To determine the coefficient of discharge of a Notch (V and Rectangular types).
5. To determine the friction factor for the pipes.
6. To determine the coefficient of contraction, velocity and discharge of an orifice.
7. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden contraction and bends.
8. To determine the impact of jet on the different type of vanes.
9. To draw the constant head; constant-speed and constant efficiency curves of Pelton
turbine.
10. To draw the constant head; constant speed and constant efficiency curves of Francis
turbine.
11. To draw the constant head; constant speed and constant efficiency curves of Kaplan
turbine.
12. To study the constructional details and draw the characteristic curves of Centrifugal
pump.
[Type text] Page 77

13. To study the constructional details and draw the characteristic curves of Reciprocating
pump.
14. To study the constructional details of hydraulic RAM and determine its various
efficiencies.
Web Links:
1 http://fm-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/# To determine coefficient of discharge of
Venturimeter.
2 http://fm-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/# To determine the coefficient of discharge

of a Notch (V and Rectangular types).
3 http://fm-nitk.vlabs.ac.in/# To determine the friction factor for the

pipes.
4 https://eerc03- To verify the Bernoulli’s Theorem.

iiith.vlabs.ac.in/List%20of%20experiments.html
?domain=Civil%20Engineering
5 https://eerc03- To determine the coefficient of contraction,
iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp6/Introduction.html?domain=
velocity and discharge of an orifice.
Civil%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%
20%20%20%20Engineering&lab=Hydraulics%2
0and%20Fluid%20%20%20%20%20%20%20%
20%20%20%20%20%20Mechanics%20Lab
6 https://eerc03- To draw the constant head;
iiith.vlabs.ac.in/exp13/Procedure.html?domain=
constant-speed and constant efficiency
Civil%20Engineering&lab=Fluid%20Mechanics
%20Lab curves of Pelton turbine.
principle, work done by the impeller,
performance curves, Cavitation inpum
ps-Reciprocating pump – working principle
[Type text] Page 78

SEC-WS-301/21 WORKSHOP–III
B.Tech- III Semester (Mechanical Engineering)
Pre-requisite: Workshop-I, Workshop- II

Successive: Workshop-IV, Workshop-V, Workshop-VI, Workshop-VII
Course Objectives: The objective of studying this course is to understand different

mechanical aspects by introduction of conventional machines, welding processes, refrigeration
& air conditioning system.
CO 1- Learn and understand distinctive functions of conventional machines, arc & gas
welding processes and MIG/MAG welding techniques.
CO 2- Perform different exercises on lathe and milling machines.
CO 3- Understand the fundamental concept of refrigeration & air conditioning
equipments/systems.
CO 4- Deposit continuous bead in flat position by different welding techniques.
List of Exercises:
Section (A): Machine shop
1. To understand and demonstrate the working principle of various conventional
machines namely lathe, milling, shaping & grinding machine.
2. To study elements and angles of single point cutting tools and multiple point cutting
tools.
3. To prepare a job involving centering, facing, plain turning and step turning.
4. To prepare a job by machining on milling/ shaper machine and surface grinding on
surface grinder.
Section (B): Welding shop

5. To prepare straight continuous bead on a mild steel plate by arc welding using
different current setting in flat position.
6. To prepare straight continuous bead on mild steel plate by MIG/MAG welding in flat
position.
7. To set oxy-acetylene flames and fusion run without filler rod in flat position by gas
welding process.
8. To prepare butt joint on mild steel plate in flat position by arc welding process.
Section (C): Refrigeration & Air conditioning shop:

9. To study various codes and tools used in refrigeration and air conditioning system.
10. To study and calculate the C.O.P of refrigeration cycle.
[Type text] Page 79

11. To study different refrigerants& identify various Psychometric properties used in
refrigeration & air conditioning system.
12. To perform cutting, flaring, swaging and brazing operations on ferrous and non ferrous
tubes.
Note: - Total nine exercises should be performed from the above list. At least two from each
section and remaining three may either be performed from above list or designed by the
concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus and facilities available in the institute.
[Type text] Page 80

PCC-ME-401/21 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) IV Semester

Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics

Successive: Heat and Mass Transfer, Refrigeration and Air- Conditioning, IC Engines.
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to gain a comprehensive knowledge of various cycles, gas dynamics,
nozzles, turbines and heating values of fuel.
CO1- Calculate heating values of fuels and analyze various power cycles.
CO 2- Evaluate energy conversion in steam turbines and condensers.
CO 3- Analyze phenomena occurring in compressible flows.
CO 4- Assess the performance of reciprocating compressors.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Combustion and Steam Boilers: Introduction to solid, liquid and gaseous fuels–
Stoichiometry, exhaust gas analysis , comparison between fire and water tube boilers,
Essentials of a good boiler. Constructional and operational details Cochran and Babcock and
Wilcox Boiler. Study of high pressure boilers- Benson, Lamont, Loeffler and Velox boilers,
Boiler mountings and accessories, Boiler performance, Natural & Artificial drafts, Chimney
height, Maximum draft and chimney efficiency, Boiler heat balance sheet, Numerical
Problems. (8)
Unit 2
Vapour Power Cycles: Carnot and Rankine vapour cycles, effect of operating conditions on
thermal efficiency of Rankine cycle, Rankine cycle with superheat, reheat and regeneration,
Supercritical and ultra super-critical Rankine cycle, Binary vapour cycle, Numerical Problems.
(9)
Unit 3
Flow Through Nozzles: Velocity and heat drop, mass discharge through a nozzle, critical
pressure ratio and its significance, effect of friction and nozzle efficiency, supersaturated flow,
design pressure ratio, Numerical Problems. (8)
[Type text] Page 81

Unit 4
Steam Turbines: Classification, Impulse Turbine- Flow through blades, velocity diagram,
power output and efficiency, maximum blade efficiency of single stage impulse turbine, blade
friction, compounding of impulse turbine. Reaction Turbine, Flow through impulse reaction
blades, degree of reaction, velocity diagram, power output, efficiency and blade height,
comparison of impulse and impulse reaction turbines. Losses in steam turbines, stage
efficiency, overall efficiency and reheat factor. Governing of steam turbines, Numerical
Problems. (9)
Unit 5
Steam Condensers: Elements of a condensing plant, types of condensers, comparison of jet

and surface condensers. Condenser vacuum, sources of air leakage & its disadvantages,
vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency, cooling towers, Numerical Problems. (7)
Unit 6
Air Compressors: Working of a single stage reciprocating air compressor; calculation of

work input; Volumetric efficiency; Isothermal efficiency; Advantages of multi stage
compression; Two stage compressor with Inter-cooling; Perfect Inter cooling; Optimum
intercooler pressure. Numerical Problems. (9)

1. Sonntag, R. E, Borgnakke, C. and Van Wylen, G. J., , Fundamentals of Thermodynamics,
John Wiley and Sons.
2. Jones, J. B. and Duggan, R. E., Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice-Hall of India
3. Moran, M. J. and Shapiro, H. N., Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, John

Wiley and Sons.
4. Nag, P.K, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd
Web Links:

1 NPTELnptel.ac.in Whole syllabus of Applied
Thermodynamics
2 https://youtu.be/jQepo3O4IN8 › Thermodynamics
courses
[Type text] Page 82

PCC-ME-402/21 MATERIALS ENGINEERING
B. Tech. (Mechanical Engineering) IV Semester
Duration of Exam.: 3 Hours
Pre-requisites: Basic Sciences, Mathematics

Successive: Advanced Strength of Materials, Design of Machine Elements, Welding
Technology, Metallurgy
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to develop understanding of crystallography, crystal
defects and behavior of alloys under different mechanical/ thermal conditions. The course
also addresses the environmental and societal issues related to use of various materials.
Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of course the student will be able to:
CO 1- Understand the concept of crystallography and crystal defects.
CO 2- Comprehend the deformation and strengthening mechanism in materials.
CO 3- Describe various fracture modes, mechanisms and factors associated with them.
CO 4- Interpret development of phases in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys by using
equilibrium phase diagrams.
CO 5- Identify suitable heat-treatment process to achieve desired properties in steels based
on the knowledge of phase transformations.
CO 6- Apply their knowledge about the properties and application of advanced engineering
materials keeping in view their economic, environmental and societal impact.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Crystallography and Associated Defects: Introduction to Materials Science and
Engineering, Basic concepts of Crystals, Unit Cells, Crystal Systems, Point Coordinates,
Crystallographic Directions, Crystallographic Planes, Density Computations, Linear and
Planar Densities, Single Crystals and Polycrystalline Materials, Polymorphism and Allotropy,
Anisotropy, Non-crystalline solids, Imperfections in Solids, Point Defects, Dislocations,
Interfacial Defects, Bulk or Volume Defects. (6)
Unit 2
Deformation and Strengthening Mechanisms in Alloys: Basic Concepts, Characteristics of
Dislocations, Slip Systems, Slip in Single Crystals and CRSS, Plastic Deformation of
Polycrystalline Materials, Deformation by Twinning, Strengthening of alloys by grain size
reduction, solid solution strengthening and strain hardening. (6)
[Type text] Page 83

Unit 3
Fracture in Alloys: Fundamentals of Fracture, Failure vs. Fracture, Ductile Fracture, Brittle
Fracture, Principles of Fracture Mechanics, Stress concentration, Fracture toughness, Fatigue,
Cyclic Stresses, The S–N Curve, Crack Initiation and Propagation, Factors that affect Fatigue
Life, Environmental Effects, Creep in alloys, Generalized Creep Behaviour, Stress and
Temperature Effects on creep. (6)
Unit 4
Phase Diagrams: Introduction, Solubility Limit, Solid Solutions, Phases, Microstructure,
Phase Equilibria, One-Component (or Unary) Phase Diagrams, Binary Isomorphous Systems,
Interpretation of Phase Diagrams, The Gibbs Phase Rule, Tie Line Rule and Lever Rule,
Development of Microstructure in Isomorphous and Binary Eutectic Alloys, Invariant
Reactions, The Iron–Iron Carbide (Fe–Fe3C) Phase Diagram, Development of Microstructure
in Iron–Carbon Alloys. (7)
Unit 5
Phase Transformations and Heat Treatment of Steels: Introduction, Isothermal
Transformation Diagrams, Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagrams, Mechanical
behaviour of Iron- carbon alloys during phase transformation, Introduction to Heat treatment
of Metals, Methods of Annealing, Hardening and Tempering of Steels.(6)
Unit 6
Advanced Engineering Materials: Types and applications of Ceramics, Particle Reinforced
Composites, Fiber-Reinforced Composites, Introduction to Nano-materials, Shape-Memory
Alloys, Bio-materials, Recyclable polymers and Biodegradable Polymers, Economic,
Environmental, and Societal Issues in Materials Engineering, Introduction to RoHS directives
(7)

1. Material Science and Engineering-An Introduction: Callister, W.D., John Wiley &
Sons, Delhi.
2. Elements of Material Science and Engineering: Lawrence H. Van Vlack, Pearson
Education India.
3. Introduction to Engineering Materials: B. K. Agarwal, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, India
4. Material Science - Narula, Narula and Gupta. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, India
5. The Essence of Materials for Engineers Robert W., Jr. Messler - Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Inc., USA
6. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G. Budinski, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
7. Material Science & Engineering –V. Raghvan, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi
Web links:
[Type text] Page 84

S. No. Weblinks Modes
1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/102/113102080/ Video lectures
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/108/112108150/ .pdf Notes
[Type text] Page 85

PCC-ME-403/21 KINEMATICS OF MACHINES
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) IV Semester

3 0 0 3 Total : 100 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs.
Pre- Requisite: Engineering Mechanics
Successive: Dynamics of Machines, Design of Machine Elements-I, Design of Machine
Elements-II
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to develop the concept of geometric aspects of motion
and its profile in various machine members.
CO 1- Describe the concepts of machines, mechanisms and related terminologies.
CO 2- Analyze planar mechanism for displacement, velocity and acceleration graphically
CO 3- Understand the Synthesis of Mechanisms.
CO 4- Analyze various motion transmission elements like gears, gear trains.
CO 5- Develop the geometry of CAM profiles.
CO 6- Explore the concept of Brakes and its applications.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Mechanism and Machine: Links, Kinematic pairs, Degree of freedom, Kinematic Chain,
Binary, Ternary, Quaternary Links and Joints, Inversions of Mechanisms, Application Lower
Pairs: Pantograph, Straight Line Mechanisms, Approximate Straight Line Motion Mechanism:
Steering gears: Davis Steering gear, Ackermann Steering gear, Universal Hook’s Joint. (6)
Unit 2
Motion Analysis in Mechanism: Concept of Instantaneous centre method to analyze Velocity

in Simple Mechanism, Method for locating an instantaneous centre. Relative Velocity method
to analyze Velocity and acceleration, Rubbing velocity at pin joints. Coriolis acceleration
component. (6)
Unit 3
Synthesis of Mechanisms: Kinematics synthesis of Mechanisms, Type, number and

dimensional synthesis, function generation, path generation and body guidance, Two and three
[Type text] Page 86

position synthesis of four bar and slider crank mechanisms by graphical methods,
Freudenstein’s equation, precision positions, structural error; Motion Software, Chebychev
spacing, transmission angle, Numerical Problems. (6)
Unit 4
Gears: Concept of gears and its type, Terminology, Law of gearing, velocity of sliding, Forms
of Teeth, Cycloid profile teeth, Length of path of contact, length of arc of contact, Number of
pairs of teeth in contact, Interference in involute gears, Minimum number of teeth to avoid
interferences on gear and wheel, Concept of Helical gears, spiral gears, Bevel gear, Gear
Trains: Types of gear trains: simple gear train, compound gear train, Reverted gear train,
Epicyclic gear train. (8)
Unit 5
Cams: Types of followers, Nomenclature of followers, Motion of follower, Simple harmonic

motion of follower, Uniform acceleration and retardation, Cycloidal motion, cam profile
construction, cam profile for roller followers. (8)
Unit 6
Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brake: Simple shoe brake, Band Brake, Band and
Block brake, Internal expanding shoe brake, Hydraulic & Magnetic Brakes, Dynamometer,
Absorption Dynamometer: Prony brake dynamometer, Transmission Dynamometer: Epi-
cyclic train dynamometer. (6)

1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph Uicker, Jr.
Second Edition, MGH, New York.
2. Theory and Machines: V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company.
3. Theory and Machines: S.S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.
Web Links:
S.N. Description Contents
1. , Mechanisms and Simple
www.cs.cmu.edu › ~rapidproto › mechanisms › Machines,
chpt2 Gear and Gear Trains
2.
nptel.ac.in › courses Theory Of Mechanisms - NPTEL
3. Cam Mechanisms - MechDesigner

mechdesigner.support › md-cams-mechanisms-
mechdes.
[Type text] Page 87

4. Dynamometer
me-mechanicalengineering.com ›
[Type text] Page 88

PCC-ME-404/21 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-II
Pre- Requisite: Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials-I
Successive: Design of Machine Elements-I, Design of Machine Elements-II, Modeling,
Simulation & Optimization
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to present the mathematecal and physical principles for understanding
the linear continuum behavious of solids.
CO 1- Understand the deformation behavior of solids under different types of loading and
obtain mathematical solutions for simple geometries.
CO 2-Evaluate the behaviour and strength of structural elements subjected to three dimensional
stress system.
CO 3- Apply and use energy methods to find force, stress and displacement in simple structures.
CO 4- Predict behaviour of materials by using various theories of failures.
CO 5- Calculate the stresses in rotating rings, discs, and curved beams.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
StressTensors:Introduction to Cartesian tensors, Strains: Concept of strain, derivation of small st

rain tensor and compatibility, principal strain and directions, strain invariants, problems.
Stress: Derivation of Cauchy relations and differential equations of equilibrium and symmetry
equations, principal stresses and directions, stress in variants, Constitutive equations, Generalized
Hooke’s law, stress- strain relations for Isotropic material, Numerical Problems.
Unit 2
Theories of Elastic Failure: Various theories of elastic failures with derivations and graphical
representations, applications to problems of 2-D &3-D stress system with (i) Combined direct
loading and bending (ii) combined torsional and direct loading. Numerical Problems.
[Type text] Page 89

Unit 3
Energy Methods: Definitions, expressions for strain energy stored in a body when load is applied
(i) gradually (ii) suddenly and (iii) with Impact, strain energy of beams in bending, beam
deflections, strain energy of shafts in twisting, energy methods in determining spring deflection.
Numerical Problems.
Unit 4
Columns and Struts: Column under axial load, concept of instability and buckling,
slenderness ratio, derivation of Euler’s formulae for the elastic buckling load. Rankine’s,
Gordom’s and Johnson’s empirical formula for axial loading columns and their applications,
eccentric compression of a strut with rectangular & circular sections. Numerical Problems.
Unit 5
Rotating Rings & Discs: Stresses in uniform rotating rings & discs, rotating discs of uniform
strength, stresses in rotating cylinders, hollow cylinders & solids cylinders. Numerical Problems.
Unit 6
Bending of Curved Bars: Bending of beams with large initial curvature, position of neutral axis
for rectangular, trapezoidal and circular cross sections, stresses in crane hooks, stresses in circular
rings subjected to tension or compression. Numerical Problems.

1. G. T. Mase, R. E. Smelser and G. E. Mase, Continuum Mechanics for Engineers, CRC P
ress.
2. Y. C. Fung, Foundations of Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall International.
3. Lawrence. E. Malvern, Introduction to Mechanics of a Continuous Medium, Prentice Hall
International.
4. LS SARINATH:Advanced mechanics of solids, McGraw Hill
5. Strength of Material by Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publisher.
Weblinks:
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sP34uzn7diA
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9Mm5YJkma-0
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IQB0bJRCRxo
[Type text] Page 90

5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CnONQoxubLw
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zET8EKFnHFE
[Type text] Page 91

PCC-ME-405/21 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) IV Semester

LT P Total Theory: 75 Marks
Pre- Requisite: Nil
Successive: Manufacturing Technology, Welding Technology
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to get an insight of the various processes which
change the shape, size and form of the raw materials into the desirable products by
conventional methods.
Course Outcome (COs): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1- Describe and classify different sand moulding and metal casting processes.
CO 2- Analyze the plastic deformation of metals in metal forming.
CO 3- Describe different machine tools and their machining processes.
CO4- Analyze the mechanics of chip formation and to identify the factors related to tool wear,
machinability and cutting tool materials.
CO5- Acquire knowledge about basic welding processes and their selection for fabrication of
different components.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Casting and Moulding: Brief introduction to the classification of different manufacturing

processes; Introduction to sand mold making procedure and related terminology; Patterns:
Pattern Materials, Allowances, Types of pattern; Classification of moulding processes; Sand
moulding: Composition, Properties, Types of moulding sands; Brief description of various
casting and moulding processes: Permanent mould casting, Die casting, Centrifugal casting,
Shell moulding, Precision investment casting, Continuous casting; Gating system: Design,
types of gates and risers, Directional solidification; Casting defects and their remedies. (9)
Unit 2
Metal Forming: Fundamentals of hot and cold working processes; Plastic deformation and
yield criteria; Load estimation for bulk forming (Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Drawing) (6)
[Type text] Page 92

Unit 3
Machine Tools: Introduction to machine tools; Cutting speed, feed and depth of cut,
Introduction to principle of working, types and operations of common machine tools like
Lathe, Milling Machine, Shaper and Drilling Machine.
Cutting fluids: functions of cutting fluids, requirement of good cutting fluids, Types of cutting
fluids. (5)
Unit 4
Metal Cutting: Single and multi-point cutting; Orthogonal cutting system, Tool signature;
Chip formation; Various force components: Merchant circle, Velocity relationships; Tool wear
and tool life, Economics of metal cutting, Machinability and machinability index, Numerical
Problems.
Cutting tool materials: requirement of cutting tool material, classification of tool material. (9)
Unit 5
Gear Manufacturing and Finishing Operations: Different gear manufacturing methods,

gear hobbing, gear shaping, gear forming, gear finishing methods.
Finishing processes: Brief description of various finishing processes like: Honning, Lapping
and Buffing. (5)
Unit 6:
Welding and Allied Processes: Introduction, Classification of welding processes, Gas

Welding: Principle, Equipments and flame settings; Resistance Welding: Principle and types;
Arc Welding: Principle, Equipments, Arc welding processes: Metal arc welding, Carbon arc
welding, TIG, MIG, Submerged arc welding; Brazing and Soldering; Welding defects and
their remedies. (6)

1. Kalpakjian and Schmid, Manufacturing processes for engineering materials (5th Edition)
Pearson India.
2. Mikell P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and

Systems
3. Degarmo, Black & Kohser, Materials and Processes in Manufacturing.
4. Amitabh Ghosh and Asok Kumar Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Affiliated East-West
Press Private Limited.
[Type text] Page 93

Web Links

1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ahqqmCfAA3w Metal casting
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IGNDMLyx_uE Casting defects
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dNbVsmVgOnM Hot and cold
working processes
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6cxazvaS6SA Orthogonal cutting
animation
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bUrp8JMRwx4 Cutting tool
geometry
6 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1A2mUdoua5Q Cutting tool
materials
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B8w-0Oi0Yf4 Gear manufacturing
8 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3b93- Joining process
8aCeuY&list=TLPQMTIwNzIwMjCshF8TTPuDyA&index=1
[Type text] Page 94

PCC-ME-406/21 THERMAL LAB-I
L T P Total Practical : 35 Marks
Total : 50 Marks
0022
Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics, Applied Thermodynamics
Successive: IC Engines, Air craft Technology, Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion.
Course Objectives:
The aim of this course is to familiarize students with the various energy conversion devices
and their performance.
CO 1- Understand the basic components of a power plant.
CO 2- Describe the various types of boilers and their parts.
CO 3- Explain the working of four stroke and two stroke engines.
CO 4- Conduct performance analysis of I.C. engines.
1. To study the function and working of various mountings and accessories in a boiler.
2. To study the construction and working of some low pressure boilers.
3. To study the construction and working of some high pressure boilers.
4. To study the basic elements of a power plant.
5. To study the construction and working of 2 stroke & 4 stroke diesel engine.
6. To study the construction and working of 2 stroke & 4 stroke petrol engine.
7. To prepare heat balance sheet on single/multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine.
8. To prepare variable speed performance test of a multi-cylinder/single cylinder petrol
engine/diesel engine and prepare the curves (i) BHP, IHP, FHP vs speed (ii)
volumetric efficiency & indicated specific fuel consumption vs speed.
9. Study of Valve Timing Diagram for an I. C. Engine.
10. Study the engine cooling system.
[Type text] Page 95

PCC-ME-407/21 MATERIALS ENGINEERING LAB
Total : 50 Marks
0022
Course Objectives:
The objective of the course is to provide hands-on practice on various instruments used to
analyze microstructure and properties of materials.
Course Outcomes (COs): After studying this course, students will be able to:
CO 1- Learn the principles of materials engineering through lab investigation.
CO 2- Interpret crystal structures and imperfections in materials.
CO 3- Conduct heat treatment processes on materials.
CO 4- Analyze the microstructure of different materials.
1. To study crystal structures with the help of models.

2. To study crystal imperfections with the help of models.
3. To prepare a small specimen and mount it using hot mounting press.
4. To study optical metallurgical microscope.
5. To analyze microstructures of given Mild Steel/ Aluminium specimen.
6. To analyze microstructures of given Grey cast iron specimen.
7. To harden and temper a given steel specimen.
8. To anneal a given hardened steel specimen.
9. 9. To analyze microstructure of quench hardened steel specimen.
10. To determine the properties of plastics.
11. To use digital microscope for Fracture analysis/ measurement.
12. To measure the hardness of a given specimen using microhardeness tester.
[Type text] Page 96

PCC-ME-408/21 KINEMATICS OF MACHINES LAB
B. Tech (MechanicalEngineering) IV Semester
No. of Credits: 1 Sessional : 15Marks

Duration of Exam : 2 Hours
Pre- Requisite: Kinematics of Machines
Successive: Dynamics of Machines
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to demonstrate the basic elements of machine members and its
arrangement to make a mechanism, such as mechanisms, cam, gears etc.
CO 1-Understand the Mechanism and Machine.
CO 2- Discuss the concept of velocity and acceleration
CO3 – Measure application of Friction.
CO 4-Learn the concepts and application of Gears.
CO5- Develop concept of design of CAM
CO6- Understand concept of Dynamometer.
1. Kinematics of four bar, slider crank, crank rocker, double crank, double rocker and
Oscillating cylinder mechanisms.
2. To plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank rotation for single
slider crank mechanism.
3. To find coefficient of friction between belt and pulley.
4. To generate spur gear involutes tooth profile using simulated gear shaping process.
5. To study various types of gears- Helical, cross helical worm and bevel gear.
6. Estimation of Velocity ratios of simple, compound, epicyclic and differential gear trains
7. To Study Cam profile by using Cam Analyzer.
8. To find out BHP by the help of dynamometers.
9. To fabricate the innovative models based on inversions, Gear trains, Brakes etc.
10. To determine the Coriolis component of acceleration..
11. To determine the Torque by Epicyclic gear train torque measuring machine.
[Type text] Page 97

Web links:
1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ahqqmCfAA3w Metal casting
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IGNDMLyx_uE Casting defects
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dNbVsmVgOnM Hot and cold
working processes
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6cxazvaS6SA Orthogonal cutting
animation
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bUrp8JMRwx4 Cutting tool
geometry
6 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1A2mUdoua5Q Cutting tool
materials
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B8w-0Oi0Yf4 Gear manufacturing
8 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3b93- Joining process
8aCeuY&list=TLPQMTIwNzIwMjCshF8TTPuDyA&index=1
[Type text] Page 98

MC-03 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
No. of Credits: 0 Sessional : 25Marks

Duration of Exam : 3 Hours
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarise the students with environmental concepts such as;
natural resources of energy, ecosystems, biodiversity and its conservation, pollution,
Course outcomes (COs): After the completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1- To provide the students a detailed knowledge on the threats and challenges to the
environment due to developmental activities.
CO2- To identify the natural resources and suitable methods for their conservation and
sustainable development.
CO3- To focus importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological balance.
CO4- To learn about various attributes of pollution management and waste management
practices.
CO5- To describe the social issues both rural and urban environment and environmental
legislation.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: Definition, scope and importance.
Need for public awareness.
Unit 2
Natural Resources: Renewable And Non-Renewable ResourcesNatural resources and
associated problems, Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies.
Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people. Water
resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts
over water, dams-benefits and problems. Mineral resources: Use and exploitation,
environmental effects of extracting and mineral resources, case studies. Food resources:
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern
agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. Energy
resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non- renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation,
man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification., Role of an individual in conservation
of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
[Type text] Page 99

Unit 3
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem Structure and Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and
function of an ecosystem. Producers, consumers and decomposers, Energy flow in the
ecosystem. Ecological succession. Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids,
Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem:
a) Forest ecosystem b) Grassland ecosystem c) Desert ecosystem d) Aquatic ecosystems
(ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Unit 4
Biodiversity And Its Conservation: Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
Biogeographical classification of India. Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive
use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values. Biodiversity at global, National and local
levels. India as a mega-diversity nation. Hot-spots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of
India. Conservation of biodiversity: insitu and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit 5
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Causes, effects and control measures of: Air pollution
b) Water pollution c) Soil pollution d) Marine pollution e) Noise pollution f) Thermal
pollution g) Nuclear hazards, Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures
of urban and industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. Pollution case
studies. Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Unit 6
Social Issues and the Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban
problems related to energy. Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management.
Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies, Environmental
ethics: Issues and possible solutions. Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case studies. Wasteland reclamation. Consumerism
and waste products, Environment Protection Act. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act , Wildlife Protection Act. Forest Conservation
Act. Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation , Public awareness.
Unit 7
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among nations.
Population explosion, Family Welfare Programme, Environment and human health, Human
Rights, Value Education. HIV/AIDS. Women and Child Welfare. Role of Information Technology
in Environment and human health. Case Studies.
Unit 8
Field Work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river, forest, grassland, hill,
mountain, Visit to a local polluted site, Urban, Rural, Industrial, Agricultural, Study of common
plants, insects, birds. Study of simple ecosystems, pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
[Type text] Page 100

1. “Perspectives in Environmental Studies” by A. Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik, New age
international publishers.
2. “Environmental Studies by Benny Joseph”, Tata McGraw Hill Co, New Delhi
3. “Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future” by Richard T. Wright. PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
4. “Environmental Engineering and science” by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, PHI
Learning Pvt Ltd.
5. “Environmental Science” by Daniel B. Botkin& Edwards A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
6. “Fundamentals of Ecology” by Odum, E.P., Barrick, M. and Barret, G.W. Thomson
Brooks/Cole Publisher, California.

SEC-WS-401/21 WORKSHOP-IV
No. of credits: 2 Sessional: 30 Marks
Pre-requisite: Workshop-I, Workshop-II, Workshop-III
Successive: Workshop-V, Workshop-VI, Workshop-VII
Course Objectives: To carry out various exercises using conventional machines, welding processes &
refrigeration and air conditioning system.
CO 1- Perform various operations on lathe, milling, shaper, drilling and grinding machines.
CO 2- Understand the functions and use of various metrological tools and gauges used in machine
shop.
CO 3- Prepare various jobs by using arc, gas and MIG /MAG welding processes.
CO 4- Dismantle and assemble compressors used in refrigeration system.
CO 5- Identify different parts , functions of reciprocating and rotary compressors.
List of Exercises:
Section (A) Machine shop:
1. To perform multi operational job (facing, centering, turning, knurling, threading,
grooving, chamfering etc) on lathe machine.
2. To understand the use of various metrological tools and gauges namely bore gauge,
micrometer (inside and outside), slip gauge, sine bar, snap gauge and plug gauge etc.
3. To perform a job of taper machining/V-shape machining on milling/shaping machine.
4. To prepare a job on surface grinder/cylindrical grinder maintaining dimensions with in
close tolerance.
Section (B) Welding shop:
1. To lay weaved bead & prepare T-joint in flat position by arc welding on mild steel
plate.
2. To prepare closed butt joint on mild steel plate in flat position by MIG/MAG welding.
3. To perform cutting operation onmild steel plate by oxy-acetylene gas welding.
4. To create fillet weld lap joint on mild steel plate in flat position by arc welding.
Section (C) RAC shop:
1. To carry out dismantling and assembling of single& dual reciprocating compressor.

2. To carry out dismantling and assembling ofrotary open &closed type compressor.
3. To perform gasket cutting for single &dual cylinder, rotary open & close typecompressor.
4. To study and testing of relays, capacitors &troubleshooting of single phase A.C motor.

Note: - Total nine exercises should be performed from the above list. At least two from each section
and remaining three may either be performed from above list or designed by the concerned
institution as per the scope of the syllabus and facilities available in the institute.

PCC-ME-501/21 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) V Semester
Duration of Exam: 3
Hours

Successive: Internal Combustion Engine, Power Plant Engineering
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to understand the basic concepts, applications and
analysis of heat and mass transfer processes.
CO 1- Illustrate different modes of heat transfer.
CO 2- Develop capability for parametric analysis of thermal systems.
CO 3- Analyze the heat transfer devices.
CO 4- Apply numerical methods for the analysis of heat and mass transfer problems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction and Modes of Heat Transfer: Introduction to three modes of heat transfer,
Derivation of heat balance equation- Steady state one dimensional solution for conduction,
heat transfer in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical geometry, critical insulation thickness,
lumped system approximation and Biot number, heat transfer through extended surfaces,one
dimensional conduction solutions for unsteady state heat transfer-approximate solution by the
use of Heissler charts. Numerical Problems. (09)
Unit 2
Heat Convection: Heat convection, basic equations such as continuity equation and
momentum equation, introduction to boundary layer, laminar and turbulent flow, external and
internal flows (flow over flat plate and circular pipes), Natural convective heat transfer-
Dimensionless parameters for forced and free convection heat transfer, Correlations for forced
and free convection- Approximate solutions to laminar boundary layer equations (momentum
and energy) for both internal and external flow, Estimating heat transfer rates in laminar
flowsituations using appropriate correlations for free and forced convection (flat plate and
circular pipes).Numerical Problems. (08)
Unit 3

Radiation Heat Transfer: Interaction of radiation with materials, definitions of radiative
properties, Stefan Boltzmann’s law, black and gray body radiation, Wein’s law, Kirchhoff’s
law, Calculation of radiation heat transfer between surfaces using radiative properties, view
factors and the radiosity method, Thermocouple error in temperature measurement. Numerical
Problems. (08)
Unit 4
Heat Exchanger: Types of heat exchangers, uses of different types of heat exchangers,
dimensionless numbers for heat exchanger design, Analysis and design of heat exchangers
using both LMTD and ε- NTU methods. Numerical Problems. (04)
Unit 5
Mass Transfer: Basic of Boiling and Condensation heat transfer, Pool boiling curve,
introduction to heat pipe. Numerical Problems. (04)
Unit 6
Numerical Methods in Heat Transfer Analysis: Introduction to numerical methods, Finite

difference approximation, Steady state numerical methods. (03)

1. J. P. Holman, Heat Transfer, Tenth Edition, McGraw Hill.
2. Yunus A Cengel, Heat Transfer : A Practical Approach, McGraw Hill.
3. D. S. Kumar, Heat and Mass Transfer, S.K.Kataria, Publications.
4. Domkundwar and Arora, Heat and Mass Transfer, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
5. Alan Chapman, Heat Transfer, Pearson.
Web Links:
1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qa- NPTEL
PQOjS3zA&list=PL5F4F46C1983C6785
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aLwJKZ1Gf3g&list=PL NPTEL
42D75EB85932E7D3
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Zpf3YpkNCM NPTEL
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dD8I854RoO8 Work
and heat
5 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TEJ7Ele0n6Y NPTEL
6 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4bh4efqyzpo&list=PL3z NPTEL
vA_WajfGCwYlesmh4UAl8KtsxXVQYn

PCC-ME-502/21 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) V Semester

Pre- Requisite: Kinematics of Machines, Engineering Mechanics

Successive: Tribology
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to analyze the forces and vibrations in the
mechanisms.
CO 1- Analyze Static and Inertia Forces.
CO 2- Evaluate the Balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses.
CO 3- Describe the working of Mechanical Governor.
CO 4-Determine the Gyroscopic effect.
CO 5- Predict and fix the vibration problems in the machines.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Static and Inertia Force Analysis: Static force analysis of planer mechanisms, dynamic
force analysis including inertia and frictional forces of planer mechanisms. D-Alembert’s
Principle, Forces on the reciprocating parts of an engine considering friction and inertia of
moving parts, dynamically equivalent system, Torque exerted on the crank shaft,
considering the weight of the connecting rod. (9)
Unit 2
Balancing: Balancing rotating mass in single and several planes, Balancing of reciprocating
engine, concept of Partial balancing, Primary and secondary balancing of multi-cylinder
inline engine and radial engine, Method of direct and reverse cranks. (8)

Unit 3
Governors: Types of Governor, Watt Governor, Porter governor, Proell Governor, Hartnell
Governor, Wilson-Hartnell governor, Sensitivity, Stability, Isochronisms, Hunting, Governor
Effort and Power, controlling force. (8)
Unit 4
Gyroscopic effect: Spinning and precession, gyroscopic couple, Effect of Gyroscopic couple
on the stability of automotive vehicles: Stability of four wheelers & two wheelers. (6)
Unit 5
Mechanical Vibrations: Causes of Vibrations, Harmful and useful effects of vibrations,

methods of reducing undesirable vibrations, Basic Definitions, Types of Vibrations, Elements
of vibrating system, Equivalent stiffness of springs, Equivalent damping coefficient of
dampers, methods of vibration analysis, Damped Vibrations, Vibration Isolation, Forced
damped vibrations, Whirlings of shafts, Longitudinal vibrations, Transverse Vibrations,
Torsional Vibrations. (9)

1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Joseph Edward Shigley and John Joseph
Uicker, Jr. Second Edition, MGH, New York.
2. Theory and Machines: V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company.
3. Theory and Machines: S.S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Mechanism and Machines: J S Rao,
5. Mechanical Vibrations :G.K.Grover – Nem Chand & Bros., Roorkee, INDIA
S. Address of web source Content

N
1 Whole Syllabus
Mechanical Engineering - Dynamics of Machines - NPTEL
nptel.ac.in ›
2 https://youtu.be/AchBiFAEeLo Centrifugal Governor
3 https://youtu.be/PCOp1AYrDOo Vibration of Damped SDF
system
4 https://youtu.be/YoZgk1xlIW4 Balancing of Single slider
mechanism
5 https://youtu.be/HKVvJWArgg8 Rotary Balancing
6 https://youtu.be/XGQr1uEX-Dc Vibration Measurement

PCC-ME-503/21 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS-I

Pre-Requisite: Engineering Graphics and Drawing, Materials Engineering, Kinematics of

Machines, Strength of Materials-I, Strength of Materials-II
Successive: Design of Machine Elements- II, CAD/CAM
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to conceptualize the details of material selection,
allowable stresses, factor of safety and design of various machine elements.
CO 1- Learn the concepts and considerations in machine design.
CO 2- Design different types of mechanical joints and couplings.
CO 3- Design transmission shafts against different loads.
CO 4-. Design of different types of springs and clutches.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Principles of Mechanical Design: General considerations, Ergonomic and value engineering
considerations in design, Role of processing in design, Design considerations for casting,
forging and machining, Procedure of design of machine elements, Engineering materials and
their mechanical properties, Selection of material, theories of failures, static loading, factor of
safety under different loading conditions, stress concentration, Concept of fatigue failures for
dynamic loading. (6)
Unit 2
Mechanical Joints: Design of riveted and welding joints under different static load
conditions, Design of screwed joints against static and eccentric loading, Design of cotter
joints and knuckle joint. (14)

Unit 3
Keys & Couplings: Design of different type of keys; sunk key, saddle key, tangent key,
round key and splines, Design of different shaft couplings against torque; Rigid & Flexible
couplings. (8)
Unit 4
Transmission Shafts: Design of shaft subjected to static loading: pure torsion, simple
bending, combined bending and torsion, combined bending torsion and axial loads, Design of
shafts for fluctuating loads. (6)
Unit 5
Springs: Terminologies of springs, Different type of springs, Design of helical springs for
static & dynamic loading, Eccentric loading, Surge in springs, Springs in series & parallel
connection, Type and design of leaf springs. (8)
Unit 6
Clutches & Brakes: Various types of clutches, Design of friction clutches; Single plate
clutch, Multi-plate clutch, Cone clutch and Centrifugal clutch, Block Brake with Shoe,
Pivoted Block Brake with Shoe, Internal Expanding Brake, Band Brakes, Disk Brakes,
Thermal Considerations of Brakes. (8)
1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph Edward Shigley- MGH, New York.
2. Design of Machine Elements – V.B. Bhandari – MGH.
3. Norton, R. L., Machine design: an integrated approach, Prentice Hall.
Web Links:

1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mWO_xrzk-vs Design of Mechanical
Joints
2 https://www.slideshare.net/MohamedMohamedElSaye1/ke Design of Key &
ys-and-coupling Couplings
3 https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112105125/pdf/ Design of Shafts
mod8les1.pdf
4 https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112105125/pdf/ Design of Springs
mod7les1.pdf
5 https://www.scribd.com/document/282172961/Machine- Design of Clutches
Design-Design-of-Clutches

PCC-ME-504/21 REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING

Pre-Requisite: Thermodynamics
Successive: Air Conditioning Equipments, Estimation and Design of RAC Plants
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to describe the refrigerants, analyze refrigeration
systems & various controls, estimation of the heating & cooling load and design air
conditioning systems.
CO 1- Classify the refrigerants and analyze the various conventional refrigeration systems.
CO 2- Describe the refrigeration systems other than the conventional refrigeration systems.
CO3- Analyze the different psychometric processes & evaluate cooling and heating loads.
CO 4- Illustrate the different devices used in RAC systems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Basic of Refrigeration and Air refrigeration: Methods of refrigeration, Industrial

Refrigeration; Unit of refrigeration; Coefficient of performance (COP) Refrigerants-
Definition, Classification, Nomenclature, Desirable properties, Comparative study, secondary
refrigerants, Introduction to eco-friendly new Refrigerants and their analysis Refrigerants
mixtures: properties and characteristics - Ozone depletion and global warming issues. Air
Refrigeration Systems: Brayton refrigeration or the Bell Coleman air refrigeration cycle; Air-
craft refrigeration systems, Simple cooling and Simple evaporative types, Boot strap and Boot
strap evaporative types, Regenerative type and Reduced Ambient type system, comparison of
different air refrigeration systems, advantages and disadvantages of air refrigeration cycle,
Actual air conditioning system with controls, Numerical Problems (7)

Unit 2
Vapour Compression Refrigeration: VC cycle on P-V, T-S and PH diagrams; Effects of

operating conditions on COP; Cooling and superheating; Comparison of VC cycle with Air
Refrigeration cycle. Super critical vapour compression cycle. Multistage Vapour Compression
(VC) Refrigeration Systems: Necessity of compound compression, Compound VC cycle,
Multistage compression with flash inter-cooling and / or water inter-cooling; systems with
individual or multiple expansion valves; Production of low temperatures: Introduction to
Cryogenics, Multistage refrigeration system, Two and three stage cascade systems. Numerical
Problems. (7)
Unit 3
Other Refrigeration Systems: Vapour Absorption Systems, Practical Ammonia Absorption

System, COP of the Absorption System, Lithium Bromide-Water Absorption Refrigeration
Systems and Electrolux Refrigeration system, Solar energy (Solar Concentrator) based
absorption refrigeration systems, Vapour jet, thermoelectric and Vortex tube refrigeration,
Relative merits and demerits, Applications. (5)
Unit 4
Psychometric & Air Conditioning Processes: Properties of moist Air, Gibbs Dalton law,
Specific humidity, Degree of saturation, Relative humidity, Enthalpy, Humid specific heat,
Wet bulb temp., Thermodynamics wet bulb temp, Psychometric chart; Psychometric of air-
conditioning processes, Psychometric processes in air washer, Numerical Problems. (5)
Unit 5
Heating and cooling load calculation for HVAC system design: Outside and inside design
conditions; Sources of cooling load and heating load, Heat transfer through structure, Solar
radiation, Electrical appliances, Infiltration and ventilation, Heat generation inside conditioned
space; Comfort and industrial air conditioning, Load calculations and Heat pumps, Numerical
Problems. (6)
Unit 6
Equipment selection for HVAC system: Air distribution system; Basic of Duct systems
design; Filters; Refrigerant piping; Design of summer air-conditioning and Winter air

conditioning systems; Temperature sensors, Pressure sensors, Humidity sensors, Actuators,
Safety controls; Accessories, Different types of compressor used in refrigeration. (6)

1. Refrigeration & Air conditioning –R.C. Jordan and G.B. Priester, Prentice Hall of
India.
2. Refrigeration & Air conditioning –C.P. Arora, TMH, New Delhi.
3. A course in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning –Arora & Domkundwar, Dhanpat Rai &
sons.
4. Refrigeration & Air conditioning –W.F. Stocker and J.W. Jones, TMH, New Delhi.
5. Refrigeration & Air conditioning-Manohar Prasad Wiley Estern limited, New Delhi.
6. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by D.S.Kumar, S.K.Kataria & Sons, New Delhi
Web Links:

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105129 Refrigeration and air
conditioning concept and
design
2 https://www.danfoss.com/en-gb/service-and- Refrigeration system
support/learning/cooling-learning/ design and components

PEC-ME-505/21 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering)VI Semester

Pre- Requisite: Manufacturing Process
Successive: Operations Research
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to explore the concepts and practices of industrial
engineering applicable in industries.
CO 1- Discuss production systems, factors affecting productivity and strategies for its
improvement
CO 2- Apply various techniques of method study and work measurement.
CO 3- Estimate various manufacturing cost components and perform cost analysis.
CO 4- Apply sales forecasting and materials management techniques.
CO 5- Employ techniques and strategies for production planning and control of a production
system.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Production system and Productivity: History of Industrial Engineering, Introduction, aim

and generalized model of Production systems, Types of production system, Plant location,
Plant layout, objectives and types. Productivity, various methods of productivity
measurement, Factors effecting productivity, Strategies for improving productivity, Industry
4.0. (8)
Unit 2
Manufacturing Cost Analysis: Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, &
Job costing, Recovery of overheads, Standard costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis -
Labour, material, overhead in volume, rate & efficiency, Break even analysis, ISO standards,
MFCA (material flow cost accounting), Lean manufacturing, Numerical Problems. (7)

Unit 3
Work Study: Definition, Objectives, Method study, Principle of motion economy,

Techniques of method study – Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement - various
methods, Time Study - PMTS, determining time, Work sampling, Numerical problems. (6)
Unit 4
Materials Management : Definition, importance of materials management in manufacturing

industries, Relevant costs, Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ),
Economic batch quantity (EBQ) with & without shortage, Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss
Systems, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective inventory control - ABC, FSN,
SDE, VED,SCM , Numerical Problems.(8)
Unit 5
Forecasting: Importance, Objectives, Forecasting and Prediction, Types, Classification of

Forecasting Methods, Forecast Errors, Costs and accuracy of forecasts, Numerical Problems.
(7)
Unit 6
Production Planning & Control (PPC) : Objectives & variables of PPC, Aggregate
planning, Decision options - Basic & mixed strategies, Master production schedule (MPS),
Scheduling Operations, Gantt chart, Sequencing - Johnson algorithm for n-Jobs- 2 machines,
n- Jobs-3 machines, 2 Jobs n-machines, n-Jobs m-machines, Introduction to quality and
Inventory turnover ratio, Numerical Problems (8).

1. Production & Operations Management – Chary, TMH, New Delhi.
2. Modern Production Management – S.S. Buffa, Pub.John Wiley.
3. Industrial Engineering and Production management, M. Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai.
4. Operation Management - Monks, McGraw Hill ISE.
5. Production & Operations Management - Martinich, John Wiely SE.
6. Industrial & Systems Engineering - Turner, Mize, Case, Prentice Hall Pub.
7. Industrial Engineering & Operations Management – SK Sharma, Pub-S.
K.Kataria
8. Industrial Engineering – Ravi Shankar, Galgotia Pub.

Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nm9Qv4w_AE0 Unit-1
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107142/ Unit-3
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Op01S8-t-E Unit-4
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/ Unit-6

PCC-ME-506/21 THERMAL LAB- II
B. Tech(Mechanical Engineering) V Semester
Sessional: 15 Marks
No. of Credits: 1
0022 Total : 50 Marks
Course Objective: The objective of this course is to provide practical insights of the
Refrigeration & Air conditioning and Heat Transfer concepts.
Pre- Requisite: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Heat and Mass Transfer
Successive: Air conditioning Equipment, Design of Thermal Systems
Course outcomes (Cos); At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1-Evaluate COP associated with refrigeration systems.
CO 2- Understand basic function of refrigeration components.
CO 3- Evaluate heat transfer coefficients.
CO 4-Understand the concepts of heat transfer.
1. To determine the COP and draw P-H & T-S diagram for compression refrigeration system.
2. To study the cut section model of reciprocating and rotary refrigerant compressor.
3.To study the different types of expansion valves.
4. To determine the COP of vapour absorption system.
5. To determine the COP of water cooler.
6. To determine the thermal conductivity of an insulating power.
7. To find the Stefan-Boltzmann constant for thermal radiation.
8. To Plot temperature distribution along the pin fin under naturaland Forced convective
conditions and compare with the theoretical temperature distribution along it.
9. To find the effectiveness of the pin fin in forced and free convection.
10. To find overall heat transfer coefficient and effectiveness of a shell &tube heat exchange
under parallel and counter flow conditions.
11. To measure the emissivity of the grey body (plate) at a given temperature.

PCC-ME-507/21 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES LAB
B. Tech (MechanicalEngineering) V Semester

Pre- Requisite: Kinematics of Machines, Dynamics of Machines
Successive: Tribology
Course Objective:
The objective of this course is to demonstrate the effects of various forces in balancing,
governing and directing in a mechanism.
CO 1- Understand the force Balancing mechanism through Static and Dynamic
Balancing
CO 2- Estimate moment of inertia of connecting rod by different methods.
CO 3- Analyze the characteristics of controlling devices.
CO 4- Determine the frequencies of Mechanical Vibration
1. To carry out static balancing on balancing machine.
2. To carry out dynamic balancing on balancing machine.
3. To determine the moment of inertia of connecting rod by trifilar suspension
pendulum.
4. To determine the moment of inertia of connecting rod by compound pendulum
method.
5. To draw performance characteristic curves and determine stability & sensitivity of
governors.
6. To Determine gyroscopic couple on Motorized Gyroscope.
7. To determine the natural frequency of undamped torsional vibration of a single
rotor shaft system.
8. To determine the frequency of damped force vibration of a spring mass system.
9. To study the un-damped free vibration
10. To study longitudinal vibration of helical spring & to determine frequency or
period of vibration (Oscillation).

Note: At least ten experiments are to be performed in the semester. Eight experiments
are to be performed from the above list and the rest may be designed/ conducted by the
concerned department/institution.

MC-02 ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE

भारतीयिवȨाासार – 1
Course Objective:
The course aims at imparting basic principles of thought process, reasoning and inferencing.
Sustainability is at the core of Indian Traditional knowledge Systems connecting society and
nature. Holistic life style of yogic science and wisdom capsules in Sanskrit literature are also
important in modern society with rapid technological advancements and societal disruptions.
Part-I focuses on introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems, Indian perspective of modern
scientific world-view, and basic principles of Yoga and holistic health care system.
Course Contents Basic structure of Indian Knowledge System: अʼाादयिवȨाा -४वेद,४उपवेद (आिुवőद,
धनुवőद,−गɀवŊवेद, ̾थापȑ यआद) ६वेदाांग (यािƗाा, कʙ, यानŜƅ, ʩााकरण, Ǜा यातष, छांद) ४उपाड् ग (धमŊिा˓, मीमाांसा,
पुराण, तकŊ िा˓) Modern Science and Indian Knowledge System− Yoga and Holistic Health
care− Case studies−
CO1- Understand the Indian traditional knowledge.
CO2- Understand & Recall the Ancient Indian scriptures.
CO3- Correlate Modern Science and Indian Knowledge System.
CO4- Relate Yoga and Holistic Health care along with case study.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction of Traditional Knowledge: Indian traditional knowledge of social, science,

medicines, warfare, judiciary etc.
Unit 2
Ancient Indian scriptures:
Veda--- Meaning, Types of Vedas-- Rig-Veda, Sama-Veda, Yajur-Veda, and Atharva-Veda,;

Upveda---Meaning, types of upveda, Description of each upveda;
Vedang--- Meaning, no. of Vedang, Description of each Vedang;
Updesha: Dharmshastra, Mimans, Puran, Tarkshastra., Important scriptures of scripture of

other religions
Unit 3
Modern Science and Indian Knowledge System: Various field of Indian knowledge;
Communication, Mathematics, Phonetics, Metaphysics and Philosophy, Life Sciences,
Medical Sciences, Cosmology, Military Science etc.
Unit 4
Yoga and Holistic Health care: Introduction, Yogic Concepts of Wellbeing, Relationship
between Health and Disease, Maintain wellbeing,Aurveda.
Unit 5
Case study of development of an Aurvedic treatment centre; Patanjali; Development of Yoga

as World Yoga Divas; any other case study related to Indian traditions.

1) V. Sivaramakrishnan (Ed.), Cultural Heritage of India-course material,
Bharatiya,VidyaBhavan, Mumbai.
2) Swami Jitatmanand, Modern Physics and Vedant, Bharatiya VidyaBhavan•
3) Swami Jitatmanand, Holistic Science and Vedant, Bharatiya VidyaBhavan•
4) Fritzof Capra, Tao of Physics
5) Fritzof Capra, The Wave of life• VN Jha (Eng. Trans.), Tarkasangraha of Annam Bhatta,
International Chinmay• Foundation, Velliarnad, Arnakulam Yoga Sutra of Patanjali,
Ramakrishna Mission, Kolkata
6) GN Jha (Eng. Trans.), Ed. RN Jha, Yoga-darshanam with Vyasa Bhashya,
7) VidyanidhiPrakashan, Delhi RN Jha, Science of Consciousness Psychotherapyand Yoga
Practices, Vidyanidhi
8) Prakashan, Delhi P B Sharma (English translation), ShodashangHridayan
9) Pedagogy: Problem based learning, group discussions, collaborative mini projects.
Outcome: Ability to understand, connect up and explain basics of Indian traditional
knowledge in modern scientific perspective.
Web Links:
S.N. Web Link Contents

1 Portalvedicheritage.gov.in Vedic Heritage
2 Encyclopediawww.ancient.eu The Vedas - Ancient History
3 https://youtu.be/SgR9sdy6y8A Veda video lecture
4 https://youtu.be/3ODfwJBDgBs Yoga
5 ics.purdue.edu › Ancient India
6 www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov Physicians of ancient India

SEC-WS-501/21 WORKSHOP – V
No. of credits:2 Sessional: 30 Marks
Pre-requisite: Workshop-I, Workshop-II, Workshop-III, Workshop-IV

Successive: Workshop-VI, Workshop- VII
Course Objectives: To accomplish different operations using conventional &non-conventional

machines, welding processes, refrigeration & air conditioning systems.
CO-1-Understand the part programming and operations of CNC machines.

CO 2- Perform various operations on lathe and milling machines.
CO 3- Prepare jobs by using metal inert/metal active gas and oxy-acetylene gas welding.
CO 4-Dismantling and assembly of single phase A.C motor assorted relay and capacitor.
CO 5-Study and test various electrical devices to be used in air conditioners and desert
Coolers.
List of Exercises:
1. To prepare a slot/keyway in a component on milling / shaper machine.
2. To study working principle and operations of broaching machine.
3. To prepare a part program and machine a cylindrical component involving taper
turning, facing and threading operation on CNC turning center.
4. To prepare a job on lathe machine including facing, centering, plain turning, taper
turning, threading, drilling and chamfering operations.

5. To prepare straight continuous bead on mild steel plate corner jointusing manual metal
arc welding.
6. To prepare and test lap joint in flat position on mild steel plate by MIG/MAG welding.
7. To perform brazing on copper sheet to copper pipe with copper filler metal/rod by gas
welding.
8. To perform brazing on M.S sheet to M.S pipe with brass filler metal/rod by gas
welding.
Section (C): RAC shop

9. To determine the overall heat transfer co-efficient in a forced draft counter current
cooling tower.
10. Testing and tracking outvarious electrical devices used in room and desert coolers.
11. To calculate the COP and capacities of industrial refrigeration rig and cold storage
plant.
12. To study and testing of VRV-III system.

Note: - Total nine exercises should be performed from the above list. At least two from each section
and remaining three may either be performed from above list or designed by the concerned institution
as per the scope of the syllabus and facilities available in the institute. Also, the project based exercise
will be performed by the students in their respective shops.

PCC-ME-601/21 CAD/CAM
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) VI Semester
Pre- Requisite: Engineering Graphics and Drawing, Manufacturing Processes

Successive: Automation in Manufacturing, Flexible manufacturing system
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the fundamentals of CAD / CAM and its
applications.
CO 1- Understand the basic fundamentals of computer aided designing.

CO 2- Describe elements of advanced manufacturing system.
CO 3- Acquire knowledge about latest technologies used in CAM& CAE
CO 4- Generate different curves, surfaces and solid models for mechanical designs.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Basics of CAD: Need and Scope of Computer Aided Design, Fundamental of CAD and
computer graphics- Application areas, Comparison of CAD with Manual designing, Benefits
of CAD, UCS, 3D systems, 2D geometrical transformations, Matrix representations and
homogeneous coordinates, composite transformations, transformations between coordinate
systems. 2-D viewing, 3-D Geometric transformations, composite transformations, Importance
of transformations. (7)
Unit 2
Curves and Surfaces: Representation of circle, Arc, Ellipse, parabola and hyperbola.
Synthetic Curves; Concept of continuity, Cubic Spline: equation, properties and blending.
Bezier Curve: equations, properties; Properties and advantages of B-Splines and NURBS.
Types of surfaces used in automotive industry along with their applications. (6)

Unit 3
Solid Modelling: Geometry and Topology, Comparison of wireframe, surface and solid
models, Properties of solid model, properties of representation schemes, Concept of Half-
spaces, Boolean operations. Schemes: B-rep, CSG, Sweep representation, Primitive
instancing, Cell Decomposition Techniques. (6)
Unit 4
Computer aided Engineering: Introduction to simulation, Interference detection, failure

analysis under static and dynamic loading, Preprocessing, Elements used in CAE, Material
defining, Meshing, optimal mesh, loading and constraints, boundary conditions, solvers, post
processing and reviewing the results, validation of the CAE results, Case study using ANSYS
software. (6)
Unit 5
Computer Aided Manufacturing: Introduction & role of NC, CNC & DNC, Advantages,
Disadvantages and Applications of NC, Features of CNC system, Features of DNC and
adaptive control systems., Safety measures. Flexible Manufacturing System, Components of
FMS, FMS equipment & control, Automated guided vehicle systems, Automated storage and
retrieval system, Computer Integrated Manufacturing; Computer Aided Process Planning.(8)
Unit 6:
Latest Technologies: Introduction to Industry 4.0, FEM, Robotics, Reverse engineering and
computer aided inspection, cloud manufacturing, artificial intelligence and machine learning.
(7)

1. Ibrahim Zeid CAD/CAM - Theory and practice Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
2. Salomon, D. Transformations and projections in computer graphics Springer.
3. Rao, P.N., CAD / CAM Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.
4. M.P. Groover , Automation, production systems and Computer-integrated Manufacturing,

Eastern Economy Edition.
5. Yoram Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems, McGraw Hill Publications.
6. Nanua Singh , System approach to Computer-integrated design and manufacturing, , Wiley

India.
7. T. C. Chang, R. A. Wysk and H. P. Wang, Computer Aided Manufacturing, Pearson
Web Links:
1 http://home.iitk.ac.in/~jrkumar/download/ME761_Lecture- CAD Intro &

6%20CAD.pdf Transformations
2 https://www.slideshare.net/YatinSingh3/curves-67337125 Curves & Surfaces
3 https://www.slideshare.net/ayushupadhyay6/ppt-of-solid- Solid Modeling

modeling-for-cad
4 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finite_element_method Finite Element Analysis
5 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer- Computer-aided
aided_manufacturing manufacturing
6 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105249/ Robotics

PCC-ME-602/21 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY

Pre- Requisite: Manufacturing Processes

Successive: Welding Technology, Automation in Manufacturing, Mechatronics, Tool Design
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide students an insight on conventional and non-
conventional methods of manufacturing.
Course Objectives (COs): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1- Understand the working principles of conventional machine tools and holding devices.
CO 2- Discuss the process of powder metallurgy and plastics manufacturing.
CO 3- Classify press tools and design related punches and dies.
CO 4- Describe various metrological tools based on their working principles.
CO 5- Distinguish between working of various non-conventional machining processes.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Conventional machines tools and Holding devices: Introduction, principle, construction

detail of manufacturing machines Boring machine, broaching machine and planer, tool and
cutter grinder.
Holding devices: jigs and fixture, locating principles and locating devices, clamping principles
and clamping devices, drill bushes, drilling jigs, fixture: turning fixture, milling fixture,
grinding fixture (7)
Unit 2
Powder metallurgy and Plastic manufacturing: Powder Metallurgy: Introduction, steps of

powder metallurgy: powder manufacturing techniques, compacting and sintering, applications
of powder metallurgy
Plastics: Types of plastics, Injection moulding, its application, merits and demerits, plastic
extrusion. (6)
Unit 3

Press Tools and Design of Punch and Die: Introduction, press operations, types of presses,
press working terminology, press rating, types of dies, design of die and punch; principles of
forging die design. (7)
Unit 4
Metrology: Metrology: Dimensions, forms and surface measurements, Limits, fits and
tolerances; linear and angular measurements; comparators; gauge: slip gauge, standard gauge,
limit Gauge, plug gauge, snap gauge; interferometry; optical flat and interferometer tolerance
analysis in manufacturing and assembly. (8)
Unit 5
Non-conventional machining methods: Thermal metal removal process:Electrical Discharge

Machining: construction detail, principle and processes parameters, MRR, surface finish, tool
wear, dielectric, power and control circuits, wire cut EDM;
Laser Beam Machining (LBM), Plasma Arc Machining (PAM) and Electron Beam principle,
application and limitations (6)
Unit 6
Non-conventional machining methods: mechanical processes, electrochemical
process:Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining, Abrasive Water Jet Machining, and
Ultrasonic Machining: process parameters, MRR and surface finish.
Electro-chemical machining (ECM): principle, elements of ECM, advantages, application and
limitation.
Chemical machining: principle, etchant & maskents, advantage, application and limitation. (6)
1. Manufacturing Technology – Metal cutting and machine Tools: P.N. Rao, T.M.H, New
Delhi
2. Workshop Technology -Vol II (Machine Tools) B.S Raghuwanshi, Dhanpat Rai and
Company.
3. Manufacturing Processes- H S Shan, Cambridge University Press.

4. Manufacturing Engg. & Tech, Kalpakian, Serope Addison -Wesley Publishing Co. New
York.
5. Modern Machining Processes: P.C. Pandey & H.S. Shan, T.M.H. Company, New Delhi
6. Text Book of Production Engineering: P.C. Sharma, S.Chand & Sons.

Web Links:

S.N. Address of web source Content
1 https://youtu.be/YRaQ-BZvApk PRESS TOOL DEIGN
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T58PyJraLos Forging Die design

consideration
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wLaXCJLQwC Tolerance analysis-1
Q&t=559s
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D25F6AmNHfo Tolerance analysis -2
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TkaCddeEZEY Advance machining process

PCC-ME-603/21 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS- II
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) VI Semester
Pre- Requisite: Strength of Materials, Design of Machine Elements- I

Successive: Design and Optimization, Tribology
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to study essential concepts of fatigue design and factor of safety
selection. To study design components such as shaft design of static and dynamic loading,
keys, cylinder, clutches, springs and mechanical joints.
CO 1- Expose the students to the Design for Production and for variable loading.
CO 2- Impart in depth knowledge of designing of screws and different types of fasteners.
CO 3- Design bearings, selection of bearings for different aspects & lubricants with their
properties.
CO 4- Knowledge of gears, design of different types of gears with consideration of maximum
power transmission and gear lubrication.
CO 5- Learn in depth knowledge of flywheels and their design.
CO 6- Understand the design procedure for miscellaneous components such as connecting
rod, crankshaft and C- clamp.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Variable Loading: Different types of fluctuating/ variable stresses, Fatigue strength

considering stress concentration factor, surface factor, size factor, reliability factor etc.,
Fatigue design for finite and infinite life against combined variable stresses using Goodman
and Soderberg’s Criterion, Fatigue design using Miner’s equation, Problems. (6)
Unit 2
Design of Screws and Fasteners: Thread standards and definitions, mechanics of power
screws, threaded fasteners, fastener stiffness, Studs, Design of Screw Jack. (8)
Unit 3

Design of Bearings: Selection of ball and roller bearing based on static and dynamic load
carrying capacity using load-life relationship, Selection of Bearings from manufacturer’s
catalogue, types of lubrication – Boundary, mixed and hydrodynamic lubrication, Design of
journal bearings using Raimondi and Boyd’s Charts, Lubricants and their properties, Selection
of suitable lubricants, Design Problems. (8)
Unit 4
Gears: Classification, Selection of gears, Terminology of gears, Force analysis, Selection of

material for gears, Beam & wear strength of gear tooth, Form or Lewis factor for gear tooth,
Dynamic load on gear teeth -Barth equation and Buckingham equation and their comparison,
Design of spur, helical, bevel & worm gear including the Consideration for maximum power
transmitting capacity, Gear Lubrication, Design Problems. (8)
Unit 5
Design of Flywheels: Turning moment diagram, coefficient of fluctuation of energy and

speed, design of solid and rimmed flywheel. (6)
Unit 6
Design of Miscellaneous Components: C-clamp, Piston, Crank Shaft and Connecting Rods.
(6)

1. Mechanical Engineering Design- Joseph Edward Shigley-Mc Graw Hill Book Co.
2. Design of Machine Elements – V.B. Bhandari – Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Engineering design – George Dieter, McGraw Hill, New York.
4. Machine Design an Integrated Approach: Robert L.Norton, Second Edition –Addison
Wisley Longman.
Web Links:

1. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1eyW- Flywheels-
939KoYptng1ofoDYNOFGl3nmZJqE/view?usp=sharing Lecture- 1
2. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1-CJfDRq- Flywheels-
BQpAueAZg6ANQNiKS2Q07zkB/view?usp=sharing Lecture- 2
3. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1- Gears- Lecture- 1
5Ukrz9REOcPwMyn8U15te33WxLTeDCl/view?usp=shari
ng

4. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QsfvEw5j6qJciYPMcjalO9 Gears- Lecture- 2
TMtYTvkEhe/view?usp=sharing
5. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1P68BFoRXu4QQnu3xgzm Gears- Lecture- 3
KPdDYqonHyeZd/view?usp=sharing

PCC-ME-604/21 CAD/CAM LAB
Pre- Requisite: Engineering Drawing

Successive: Design and Optimization
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the practical aspects of CAD, CAE and CAM
tools for Design and optimization.
Course outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1- Learn the techniques of 2D and 3D modelling using CAD software.
CO 2- Design surface and solid models using CAD software.
CO 3- Prepare jobs using CNC turning and machining centres.
CO 4- Inspect jobs using CMM and learn basics of robotics.
1. Introduction to CAD softwares and working with sketcher tools.
2. To generate 2D models using CAD software.
3. To generate 3D models using CAD software using commands; Round, Chamfer, Fillet,
Pattern, Copy, Rotate, Move and Mirror.
4. Working with advanced modeling tools (Sweep, Blend, Variable section Sweep, Swept
Blend & Helical Sweep).
5. Assembly modeling, Generating, editing and modifying drawings in CATIA/ Solidworks/
ProE.
6. CAE of the cantilever beam with concentrated load and UDL.
7. To perform facing and taper turning operations using CNC turning centre.
8. To perform milling and hole making operations using CNC machining centre.
9. To measure the dimension of prismatic component using CMM.
10. To measure the dimension of cylindrical component using CMM.
11. To perform welding/pick-place/drawing operation using robotic assembly.

MC-04G MESSAGE OF BHAGWAT GITA
Pre- Requisite: NIL

Successive: NIL
Course Objectives: To enable the students to create an awareness on message of Bhagwat

Gita.
To instill moral, social values and to appreciate the Karma Yoga.
Course Outcomes (COs): After completing this course the student should be able to:
CO1- Realize the relevance of Bhagavad Gita today.
CO2- Relate Yoga to Devotion
CO3-Realize the duties and Responsibilities in the Society.
Course Contents:
Unit1
Introduction: Relevance of Bhagavad Gita Today- Background of Mahabharata.Arjuna

Vishada Yoga: Arjuna’s Anguish and Confusion- Symbolism of Arjuna’s Chariot.Sankhya
Yoga: Importance of Self- knowledge- Deathlessness: Indestructibility of Counciousness-
Being Established in Wisdom- Qualities of Sthita- Prajna.
Unit 2
Karma Yoga: Yoga of Action- Living in the Present- Dedicated Action without Anxiety over
Results- Concept of Swadharma.
Dhyana Yoga: Tuning the Mind- Quantity, Quality and Direction of Thoughts- Reaching
Inner Silence.
Unit 3
Bhakti Yoga: Yoga of Devotion- Form and Formless Aspects of the Divine- Inner Qualities
of a True Devotee
Gunatraya Vibhaga Yoga: Dynamics of the Three Gunas: Tamas, Rajas, Sattava- Going
Beyond the Three Gunas- Description of the Gunatheetha.

1. Swami Chinmayananda, “The Holy Geeta”, Central Chinmaya Mission Trust.

2. Swami Chinmayananda, “A Manual of Self Unfoldment”, Central Chinmaya Mission
Trust.

SEC-WS-601/21 WORKSHOP- VI
No. of credits:2 Sessional: 30 Marks
Pre-requisite: Workshop-I, Workshop-II, Workshop-III, Workshop-IV, Workshop-V

Successive: Workshop-VII
Course Objectives: To perform various operations on milling, shaper, drilling and CNC machine
center and test weld beads at different positions in arc welding process.
CO1-Cut gears on a work piece by gear hobbing /gear shaper.

CO2-Create various jobs on conventional lathe, milling/shaper and CNC turning center.
CO3-Prepare various jobs by Arc, MIG/MAG, TIG and gas welding techniques.
CO4-Learn troubleshooting of all metering devices, testing of leakage and electrical wiring
of
coolers, deep freezers and air conditioners.
List of Exercises:
1. To prepare a job consisting of drilling, tapping, recessing and chamfering operations
on milling/shaper and drilling machine.
2. To prepare single point brazed tool with carbide tip on a mild steel shank involving
milling and brazing operations.
3. To machine round hole on broaching machine.
4. To perform gear cutting operation by gear hobbing/gear shaper.
5. To prepare the part program and machine a prismatic component involving face
milling, end milling and hole making operations on CNC machining center.
6. To prepare and test* straight continuous bead in upward and downward direction in
vertical position on M.S. plate by arc welding.
7. To prepare T-fillet joint in flat positionon mild steel plate by MIG/MAG welding.
8. To prepare straight continuous bead on stainless steel/aluminum sheet by TIG welding.
9. To prepare straight continuous bead on stainless steel using M.S electrode by manual
metal arc welding
Section (C): RAC shop
10. To study humidification and dehumidification process used in refrigeration system.

11. To study different types of metering devices and to carry out electrical wiring of
refrigerator, coolers and deep freezers.
12. To identifythe leakage ofrefrigeration system.

13. To test, repair and maintenance of window and split type air conditioning system.
Note: -Total nine exercises should be performed from the above list. At least two from
each section and remaining three may either be performed from above list or designed by
the concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus and facilities available in the
institute. The project based exercise will be performed by the students in machine shop,
welding shop and refrigeration and air conditioning shop.

PCC-ME-701/21 AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) VII/VIII Semester

Pre- Requisite: CAD/CAM, Manufacturing Processes, Manufacturing Technology

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to get familiar with automation concepts in advanced
manufacturing system.
CO1- Understand various types of automation and their elements.
CO2- Acquire knowledge about Industry 4.0 and IoT.
CO3- Select and analyze various materials handling equipments in manufacturing systems.
CO4- Acquire knowledge of artificial intelligence and its applications.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to Automation: Automation in Production System, Principles and Strategies of

Automation, Basic Elements of an Automated System, Advanced Automation Functions, Levels of
Automations, introduction to automation productivity. (6)
Unit 2
Introduction to Industry 4.0 and its components: features, working, advantages and
applications, Programmable logic controllers and its working and programming IoT, its basic
components and its role in automation. (7)
Unit 3
Overview of Material Handling Systems: Rotary feeders, oscillating force feeder, vibratory
feeder, elevator type and Centrifugal type feeders, Principles and Design Consideration,
Material Transport Systems, Storage Systems. (7)
Unit 4
Automated Manufacturing devices: Components, Classification and Overview of pneumatic and

hydraulic systems. Actuators, Valves and Electric Control devices. (7)

Unit 5
Sensors and Controllers: Industrial Control Systems, Process Industries Verses Discrete -
Manufacturing, Industries Continuous Verses Discrete Control, Computer Control Process and
its Forms. Sensors Actuators and other Control System Components. (7)
Unit 6
Artificial intelligence and applications: Introduction, Need for Machine Learning, Tools and
Applications of AI in mechanical engineering, Comparison analysis of results using AI, robots
and application of AI in robotics. Case studies on use of AI using research papers.(6)

1. Mikell P. Groover, Automation, Production Systems, and Computer - integrated
Manufacturing, prentice Hall
2. SeropeKalpakjian and Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Pearson
3. Mechatronics by W. Bolton
4. Hydraulics and Pneumatics by Jagdeesha T, I.K. International Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
Web Links:

1 www.youtube.com all
2 www.nptel.com all

PCC-ME-702/21 OPERATIONS RESEARCH
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) VII/VIII Semester

Pre- Requisite: Industrial Engineering

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to develop decision making capabilities of the students by
analyzing different situations within an environment involving limited resources and
constraints thereby finding the optimal solution.
CO 1-Understand the role of operations research in decision-making, and its applications in

industry.
CO 2-Apply linear programming technique and perform sensitivity analysis.
CO 3-Learn various types of deterministic models and their applications.
CO 4-Illustrate the concept of project line models with examples.
CO 5-Apply simulation models in decision making environment.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Definition, role of operations research in decision-making, applications in

industry. Concept on O.R. model building –Types & methods. (4)
Unit 2
Programming (LP): Programming definition, formulation, solution- graphical, simplex, BIG-

M methods, Duality, PRIMAL-DUAL relations-its solution, shadow price, economic
interpretation, dual-simplex, post-optimality & sensitivity analysis, problems. (8)
Unit 3
Deterministic Model: Transportation model-balanced & unbalanced, north west rule, Vogel’s
Method, least cost or matrix minimal, Stepping stone method, MODI methods, degeneracy,
assignment, travelling salesman, problems. (8)
Unit 4

Waiting Line Models: Introduction, queue parameters, M/M/1 queue, performance of
queuing systems, applications in industries, problems. (6)
Unit 5
Project Line Models: Network diagram, event, activity, defects in network, PERT & CPM,
float in network, variance and probability of completion time, project cost- direct, indirect,
total, Introduction to crashing of network & resources levelling in project, problems. (8)
Unit 6:
Simulation and Decision Theory: Introduction, design of simulation, models & experiments,
model validation, process generation, time flow mechanism, Monte Carlo methods- its
applications in industries, Decision process, SIMON model, types of decision making
environment - certainty, risk, uncertainty, decision making with utilities, problems. (6)
Note: Concerned software’s may be used to solve OR problems.

1. Operations Research – Hamdy A. Taha, Pearson Education.
2. Quantitative Techniques in Management – N.D. Vohra, TMH, New Delhi
3. Operations Research – J.K. Sharma, Trinity Press
4. Operations Research – Ravindran, Phillips, Solberg, Wiley Student Edition.
5. Principles of Operation Research – H.M. Wagner, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
6. Introductory Operations Research – H.S. Kasana, K.D. Kumar, Springer
Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106134/ Unit 2 and 3
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106131/ Unit 4 and 5

SEC-WS-701/21 WORKSHOP – VII
No. of credits: 2 Sessional: 30 Marks

Pre-requisite: Workshop-I, Workshop-II, Workshop-III, Workshop-IV, Workshop-V,

Workshop-VI
Successive: Nil
Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to perform various operations on lathe,
milling and CNC wire cut machine. To carry out welding operations like: arc, MIG, TIG and
SAW on different work materials. To find out C.O.P and control temperature of cold storage
plant of refrigeration system.
CO1- Prepare jobs on lathe and milling machine.

CO2-Develop various jobs using arc, resistance, MIG/MAG and Submerged Arc welding
(SAW).
CO3-Understand the fundamentals of refrigeration and air conditioning test rig and cold
storage plant.
CO4-Rectify electrical and mechanical faults incurred in window & split type air conditioners.
CO5-Prepare different jobs on CNC wire cut.
List of Exercises:
1. To perform eccentric turning on a component using lathe machine.
2. To perform taper cutting and grinding on lathe machine.
3. To perform radius cutting on milling machine using rotary table.
4. To develop a cavity on a component using CNC wire cut EDM.

5. To prepare closed butt joint in vertical upward/downward position on mild steel plate by
arc welding.
6. To prepare corner joint on mild steel plate in flat position by MIG/ MAG welding.
7. To prepare butt joint on aluminum sheetusing TIG welding.
8. To prepare straight continuous bead on mild steel plate in flat position using different
parameters by submerged arc welding.
Section(C): RAC shop

9. To calculate C.O.P and capacities of split air conditioner test rig and room air conditioner
10. To flush out (dehydrate & evacuate) the refrigeration system.
11. To pull down the temperature of cold storage plant to specific temperature.
12. To study and testing of VRV-IV system.

Note: - Total nine exercises should be performed from the above list. At least two from each
section and remaining three may either be performed from above list or designed by the
concerned institution as per the scope of the syllabus and facilities available in the institute.
Also, the project based exercise will be performed by the students in their respective shops.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE
COURSES

PEC-ME-601/21 VISIONARY LEARNING IN MANUFACTURING (PEC-I)
Pre- Requisite: Manufacturing technology
Successive: Project
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to get the students familiarised with observation skill and
planning & controlling of manufacturing systems.
CO 1- Understand the SMEs and VLCI concept.
CO 2- Explore the concept of 3S and flow line observation.
CO 3- Learn about the concept of Lean manufacturing.
CO 4- Develop V-map and Hie- Junka plan
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction Manufacturing system; SMEs and their characteristics; Challenges of small
and Medium Industries, Key performance indicator of business, Introduction to VLCI;
Visionary Leadership; Quality of good leadership; Challenges to lead SMEs; Motivation and
Attitude, Visual Control. (8)
Unit 2
Observation Skill: Cleanliness in factory, Introduction to 3S, Method of implementation of 3
S; result review technique of 3S; Application of 3 S and its advantages. Concept of
Ergonomics, Material Flow line, Optimisation of Material Handling equipments. (9)
Unit 3
V-Map: Concept of Lean, JIT and Agile Manufacturing; V-map technique of observation;
Preparation of Flow chart of V-map 1; Evaluation of V-map 1; Tier concept, typical Tier
structure, Benefits of V mapping , Challenges with V-mapping. (10)

Unit 4
V-map2: Standardise work principle; Productivity improvement; Tree of Productivity;
Introduction to V-map 3; steps for drawing V-map3; Cycle time and its calculation;
Preparation of SWCT chart, Product Meter and Line meter.(8).
Unit 5
Introduction to Hie-Junka planning: Methodology adopted in Hie-Junka, review and
control. Concept of ZED (Zero defect Zero effect), Model of Maturity Assessment, Indian
Case studies, A comparative study of Indian and Japan’s model of quality programme,
Understanding of Kaizen, Concept of TPS.(10)

1. Observations skill by : Sharad Anerao, Anand Group
2. Study material Developed by VLCI group
3. A Revolution in Manufacturing: The SMED System: Single-minute Exchange of Die
System : shigeo Shingo
4.The Six Sigma Way: How to Maximize the Impact of Your Change and Improvement
Efforts : Peter Pande, Robert Neuman, Roland Cavanagh Level - Wiley .
5. Toyota Production System: Beyond Large-Scale Production : Taiichi Ono
Web Links
S. No Links Topic covered

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mpTD8UANZYk VLCI
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zpJ98WObz7w Concept of ZED
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J4v-HjY3R0Y Lean Production
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c0Q-xaYior0 3S
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z9QbYZh1YXY Agile system

PEC-ME-602/21 PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT (PEC-I)

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to study essential concepts of product design and development.
CO1-Conceptualise product design and development processes in manufacturing industry.
CO2-Understand the Development process and product planning.
CO3- Apply the Product design methods.
CO4- Carry out cost analysis through various cost models.
CO5- Apply concepts of economics in product design.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Design theory, design materials, human factors in design, man-machine
system, applied ergonomics, characteristics of successful product development, challenges to
product development, Introduction to CAD/CAM. (5)
Unit 2
Development process and product planning: Generic development process, Concept

development, product development process flows, product planning process, identify
customerneeds, Generation of voice of customers. (6)
Unit 3
Product specifications and concept generation: Product specification, steps to establish the
target specifications, Concept generation, five step concept generation method, concept
selection, concept screening, concept testing, product architecture.(6)
Unit 4
Product design methods: Creative and rational, clarifying objectives - the objective tree
method, establishing functions- the function analysis method, setting requirements – the
performance specification method, determining characteristics – the QFD method, generating

alternatives – morphological chart method, evaluating alternatives – the weighted objective
method, improving details – the value engineering method and design strategies. (8)
Unit 5
Design for manufacture: Estimating manufacturing cost, reducing component, assembly and
support costs, design for assembly, design for disassembly, design for environment, design for
graphics and packaging, effective prototyping – principle and planning.(8)
Unit 6
Industrial design: Its need, impact and quality, industrial design process and its management,
legal issues in product design, design resources, economics and management of product
development projects. (7)

1. K.T. Ulrich and S.D. Eppinger, “Product design and development”, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Chitale& Gupta, “Product Development”, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Monks, J. G., “Operations Management”, McGraw Hill.
4. George Dietor, A material and Processing approach, McGraw Hill
Web Links:

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107217/ Introduction, New Product
development process, Product
design, Quality Function
deployment (QFD), Value
Engineering, Prototyping
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104230/ Design for manufacture,
assembly, environment,
graphics,
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hGSJJLoHiVQ Concept generation

PEC-ME-603/21 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES (PEC-I)

LT P Total Theory: 75Marks
3 00 3 Total:100 Marks
Duration of Exam: 3Hours
Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer.
Successive: Automobile Engineering, Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion
Course Objectives:
To familiarize with functioning of IC engines, its performance analysis.
CO 1-Understand basics associated with IC engines.

CO 2-Analysis of combustion in SI and CI engines.
CO 3-Conceptualize the testing of engines.
CO 4-Knowledge of Lubrication and Cooling systems and fuel cells.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction
Classification of Internal Combustion Engines, Parts of I.C. Engine and their materials, Air
standard Cycles in Four stroke and Two-stroke IC engines and their comparative study,
Brayton cycle, parameters related to testing of IC engines, determination of volumetric
efficiency and factors affecting volumetric efficiency, Adiabatic flame temperature,
Combustion efficiency, Valve Timing Diagram, Low Heat Rejection Engines, Homogeneous
charge compression Ignition.(06)
Unit 2
Combustion and Ignition System in SI Engines
Spark ignition Engine mixture requirements, Fuel-Air ratio, Simple carburettor, Single-point
and Multipoint injection system, Gasoline Direct Injection, Combustion phenomenon in SI
Engines, Ignition delay, Flame propagation, Pressure-Crank angle diagram, Abnormal
combustion, Auto ignition, Detonation and Knocking, Factors affecting combustion and
detonation, Types of combustion chambers, Working principle of stratified charge engines.
Battery Ignition System, Magneto Ignition System, Functions and working of ignition coil,
spark plug, contact breaker point, Requirements and working of Ignition advance mechanisms,
Electronic Ignition Systems; Capacitor Discharge Ignition System, Transistorized Coil
Assisted Ignition System, Transistor Ignition system with contactless breaker. (09)

Unit 3
Fuel Injection and Combustion in CI engines
Air injection systems, Airless/solid injection systems, Common rail, individual pump,
distributor and unit systems. Injection pumps, Fuel injector, Types of nozzle, Electronically
controlled unit fuel injection system. Stages of combustion in CI engines, air fuel ratio, cold
starting of CI engine and cold starting aids, delay period or ignition lag, variables effecting
delay period, diesel knock, Factors affecting combustion and knocking, methods of controlling
diesel knock, Types of CI engine combustion chamber. Need for supercharging, Effect of
supercharging, types of supercharger, methods of supercharging, thermodynamic analysis of
supercharged engine cycle, limitations of supercharging, turbocharging. (09)
Unit 4
Lubrication system and cooling system
Types of lubricants and their properties, SAE rating of lubricants, Types of lubrication
systems– wet sump and dry sump, crankcase ventilation, Necessity of engine cooling,
disadvantages of overcooling, Cooling systems and their comparison: Air cooling, Liquid
cooling. (04)
Unit 5
Alternative Fuels
Alcohol - Hydrogen - Natural Gas and Liquefied Petroleum Gas – Biodiesel- Biogas -
Producer Gas - Properties - Suitability - Engine Modifications - Merits and Demerits as fuels,
comparison of their properties with Diesel and petrol, method of manufacturing.(04)
Unit 6
Alternative Fuels
Air pollution due to IC engines, Constituents of exhaust emission at its harmful effect on
environment and human health, Formation of NOx, HC, CO and particulate emissions,
Methods of controlling emissions; Catalytic convertors, particulate traps, Exhaust Gas
Recirculation, EURO and BHARAT norms.(04)

1. Obert E. F, "Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution", Harper andRow Publication
Inc. NY,1973.
2. Willard W. Pulkrabek , "Engineering Fundamentals of the Internal Combustion Engine”
PHI 2003.
3. Heywood J. B, "Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals", McGraw Hill Book Co. NY,
1989
Web Links:

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CO2StedJtAc&list=PLwdnzlV3ogoXHbVNKWL
1BYOo_8PpyNtnC
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2iYqZ8tIP1I&list=PLT7nZHsCM2mxVhbXn7Be
HTXg4w7btBf5I

PEC-ME-604/21 GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION (PEC- I)

Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics, Applied Thermodynamics

Successive: Aircraft Technology
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize the students about the gas dynamics & jet propulsions
and their applications.
CO 1- Describe the concepts of compressible flow.
CO 2- Analyze the adiabatic and isothermal flow through constant area duct.
CO 3- Explain the concepts and applications of propulsion systems.
CO 4- Classify wind tunnels.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction:
Compressible flow, definition, Mach waves and Mach cone, stagnation states, Mass,
momentum and energy equations of one-dimensional flow, Isentropic flow through variable
area ducts, nozzles and diffusers, subsonic and supersonic flow in variable area ducts, choked
flow, Area-Mach number relations for isentropic flow. (06)
Unit 2: Fluid Flow Thermodynamics

Governing equations for adiabatic flow with friction in a constant area duct, fannoline limiting
conditions, effect of wall friction, flow properties in an isothermal flow with friction in a constant
area duct governing equations, limiting condition. (06)
Unit 3: Flow Analysis
Non-isentropic flow in constant area ducts, Rayleigh and Fanno flows, Normal shock
relations, oblique shock relations, isentropic and shock tables. (06)
Unit 4: Propulsion
Theory of jet propulsion, thrust equation, thrust power and propulsive efficiency, Operating

principle and cycle analysis of ramjet, turbojet, turbofan and turboprop engines, ramjet, pulsejet.
(06)
Unit 5: Applications
Types of rocket engines, propellants & feeding systems, ignition and combustion, theory of
rocket propulsion, performance study, staging, terminal and characteristic velocity, space
flights, Comparison of various propulsion systems. (06)
Unit 6: Wind Tunnel

Types of wind tunnels - sub sonic wind tunnel, supersonic wind tunnel, projectile obstruction and
shadow graph technique. (06)

1. Ahmed F. El-Sayed, Aircraft Prpoulsion and Gas Turbine Engines, CRC Press, 2008.
2. H.S. Mukunda, “Understanding Aerospace Chemical Propulsion”, Interline Publishing,
2004.
3. Hill P. and Peterson C., Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison Wesley,
1992.
4. Zucrow N. J., Aircraft and Missile Propulsion, Vol.I& II, John Wiley, 1975.
5. Sutton G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley, New York, 1986.
Web links:
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3535/gas-dynamics-and-propulsion

PEC-ME-605/21 WELDING TECHNOLOGY (PEC- I)

Pre- Requisite: Manufacturing Process
Successive: Project work
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide an insight on welding and allied processes, weld
testing techniques and automation in welding.
CO 1 - Grasp the working principles and applications of oxyacetylene and electric arc
welding.
CO 2 - Describe methods of modern and special welding processes.
CO 3 - Differentiate between non-destructive testing methods of weld joints.
CO 4 - Discuss the techniques of welding automation.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Oxy-Acetylene Welding: Introduction to Welding processes and their principles,

Industrial Applications, Principles of Oxy- Acetylene Welding, Procedure, Types of flames,
Poping, Flashback and Backfire. Equipment and Accessories: Torches, Regulators, Pressure
Gauges, Gas Cylinders, Filler Rods. Types of Welding Joints and Welding Positions, Common
Welding Defects and their control (6)
Unit 2
Electric Arc Welding: Principle of Electric Arc Welding: Principle, Welding Procedure,
Arc Length, Arc Force and Arc Blow. Equipment and Accessories: Welding Machines, A.C.
and D.C. Transformers, Transformer-Rectifiers machines, Inverter based welding power
sources, Types of Electrodes and Indian system of classification and coding of covered
Electrodes for Mild Steels.(6)

Unit 3
Special and Allied Welding Processes: Metal Inert Gas Arc Welding (MIG): Principle,
Advantage and Disadvantages of Gas Shielded Arc Welding, Types of Metal Transfer,
Welding Equipment and Shielding Gases, Welding Parameters, MIG Welding and its
components.CO2 Welding: Advantage and disadvantages over MIG, Tungsten Inert Gas Arc
Welding: Welding Equipment-Electrodes and their preparation, Inert gases and Torches,
Submerged Arc Welding: Principle of the Process and its Applications, Type of Fluxes used in
SAW process. (8)
Unit 4
Resistance Welding: Principle, Types and Applications, Equipment and Machinery required
for Resistance Spot, Seam and Projection welding. Working Principle and applications of
Ultrasonic welding, Electron Beam welding, Laser beam welding and Friction stir welding.
(7)
Unit 5:
Non Destructive Testing of Welds: Non Destructive Tests: their Advantages and
Limitations, Comparison with Destructive Tests, Visual Examination-Use of borescopes etc.,
Dye Penetrant Inspection, Magnetic Particle Inspection, Eddy Current Testing, X-Rays
Inspection, Gamma Rays Inspection and Ultrasonic Inspection of Welds. (7)
Unit 6
Automation in Welding: Introduction, Manual Welding, Semi-Automatic Welding,

Automatic Welding, Welding Mechanization, Flexible Automated Welding, Robotic
Welding, Types of Welding Robots, Robot Selection Mechanics, Joint tracking system. (6)

1. Welding and Welding Technology by R. Little- Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
2. Welding Processes and Technology by R. S. Parmar- Khanna Publication.
3. Welding Technology by Koeingsberger, J. R. Adair- Macmillan.
4. Welding Technology by Rossi- Mc Graw Hill Publications.
5. Welding Handbook, Eighth Edition, Vol. 1 & 2- American Welding Society.

Web-links:
Fundamental of Welding Science and https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g7MkIBdl06

Technology c&list=PLwdnzlV3ogoUQnGO8eFFygVBTjF0x
yYMq
Welding Processes https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mmKy5Pbnd

QI&list=PLyqSpQzTE6M-
KwjFQByBvRx464XpCgOEC
Introduction to Welding Engineering https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m2B8t8vzeU

E&list=PLbMVogVj5nJSjLB85-
HKhw1aCIBxn3pWj
Welding Engineering https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107090/

PEC-ME-606/21 MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS (PEC-I)

Pre- Requisite: Basics of Electronics Engineering

Successive: Automation in Manufacturing
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to get familiarized with the concepts and working of
mechatronics systems.
CO 1- Generate conceptual design for mechatronics products based on potential custom
requirements using various types of sensors.
CO 2- Select appropriate actuators for practical applications.
CO 3- Design a control system for effective functioning of mechatronics systems using digit
electronics, microprocessors, microcontrollers and PLC.
CO 4-Develop system model for mechanical and electrical systems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Measurement System with its constituent elements; Open and Closed Loop
Systems; Sequential Controllers; Micro- processor Based Controllers; The Mechatronic
Approach. A review of Displacement, Position Velocity, Motion, Force, Fluid Pressure,
Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature, Light Sensors / along with Performance
Terminology; Selection of Sensors; Input Data by Switches; Signal Conditioning; Brief
Review of Operational Amplifier; Digital Signals; Multiplexers; Data Acqusition; Digital
Signal Processing; Pulse Modulation; Data Presentation Systems – Displays; Data
Presentation, Elements; Magnetic Recording; Data Acquisition Systems; Testing &
Calibration; Problems. (8)
Unit 2
Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuation Systems: Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems;
Directional Control Valves; Valve Symbols; Pressure Control Valves; Cylinder Sequencing;

Process Control Valves; Rotary Actuators; Problems. (8)
Unit 3
Mechanical and Electrical Actuation Systems: Mechanical Systems – Types of Motion,
Kinematic Chains, Cams, Gear Trains, Ratchet & Pawl, Belt & Chain Drives, Bearings,
Mechanical Aspect of Motor Selection; Electrical Systems; Mechanical & Solid State
Switches; Solenoids; D.C. & A.C. Motors; Stepper Motors; Problems. (8)
Unit 4
System Modeling and Performance: Engineering Systems; Rotational –
Translational Systems; Electro-mechanical Systems; Hydraulic – Mechanical Systems; A
review of modeling of First and Second Order Systems and Performance Measures; Transfer
Functions for first order System, Second Order System, Problems. (8)
Unit 5
Digital Logic and Programmable Logic Controllers: A Review of Number Systems &
Logic Gates; Boolean Algebra; Kanaugh Maps; Sequential Logic; Basic Structure of
Programmable Logic Controllers; Input/ Output Processing; Programming; Timers, Internal
Relays and Counters; Master & Jump Controls; Data Handling; Analogue Input/ Output;
Selection of a PLC; Problems. (8)
1. Mechatronics by W. Bolton, Published by AdditionWesley.
2. Mechatronics System Design – Devdas Shetty and Richard A. Kolx Brooks/ Cole 1997.
3. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measuring System: David G. Alciation and Michael B.
Hits and Tata McGraw Hill
4. Mechatronics – Sensing to Implementation - C.R.Venkataraman,Sapna.
Web Links:
S.No. Address Contents
Pneumatic and
1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0pgGn4CkDTM Hydraulic Actuation
Systems
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Oq25s1zWLmU Electric Actuators
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112107214/L12.
3 System Modelling
html
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PkFX7NjgEdA PLC

PEC-ME-621/21 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS (PEC-II)

Pre- Requisite: CAD/CAM

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the basic concepts of automation and its
mechanisms.
CO1- Understand the concept of automation and its mechanisms in manufacturing industries.
CO2- Apply group technology principles for cellular manufacturing.
CO3- Describe the flexible manufacturing systems.
CO4- Illustrate the technical features and programming methods of robots.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Automation: Types of automation, reasons for automating, automation strategies, Detroit-

type automation: Automated flow lines, methods of work part transport, Transfer mechanisms,
buffer storage, automation for machining operations, Low cost automation. (8)
Unit 2
Automated Assembly Systems: Design for automated assembly, types of automated

assembly systems, part feeding devices, quantitative analysis of the delivery system operation,
analysis of a single-station assembly machine. (8)
Unit 3
Group Technology: Part families, parts classification and coding: Features of parts
classification and coding systems, Opitz parts classification and coding system. Production
flow analysis, Cellular manufacturing: composite part concept, types of machine cells and
layouts, grouping parts and machines by Rank order clustering, applications of group
technology. Single-minute exchange of die (SMED). (8)

Unit 4
Flexible Manufacturing Systems: Introduction, FMS components, types of FMS, FMS work
stations. Material handling and storage system: Functions of the handling system, FMS layout
configurations. Material handling equipment. Computer control system, FMS applications and
benefits. (8)
Unit 5
Robotic Technology: Joints and links, common robot configurations, work volume, types of
robot control, accuracy and repeatability, other specifications, end effectors, sensors in
robotics, Robot applications. (6)
Unit 6
Robot Programming: Types of programming, lead through programming, motion

Programming, interlocks, advantages and disadvantages. Robot languages: Motion
programming, simulation and off-line programming, work cell control. (6)

1. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing-Groover M.P,
Prentice Hall of India.
2. CAD/CAM – Groover M.P, Zimmers E.W, Prentice Hall of India.
3. Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing: Nanua Singh, JohnWiley and
Sons.
4. Production Management Systems: A CIM Perspective- Browne J, Harhen J,Shivnan J,
Addison Wesley.
Web Links:
S.No Address of web source Content
1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104288/ Automation
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104288/ Automated Assembly Systems
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104289/ Group technology
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104289/ Flexible manufacturing system

PEC-ME-622/21 RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY & MAINTAINABILITY (PEC- II)

Course Objective:
The objective of the course is to provide the students with the fundamental concepts, the
necessary knowledge and the basic skills related to systems reliability, availability and
maintainability.
Course Outcomes: At the end of his course, the students will be able to:
CO 1- Evaluate the reliability of a system and its subcomponents.
CO 2- Apply failure analysis techniques for systems.
CO 3- Perform reliability analysis of a system.
CO 4- Estimate systems availability and maintainability,
CO 5- Develop the Markov model for the mechanical systems.
Unit 1
Introduction to Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM), Development of RAM

Engineering, Reliability Availability and Maintainability utilization factors, MTBF, MTBR,
MTTR, Reliability improvement and apportionment. (8)
Unit 2
Concept of terro-technology; Statistical distribution associated with reliability engineering;

Quantitative measures of reliability, Bath tub curve; Quantitative; Fault tree analysis (FTA),
Failure mode and effect analysis (FMEA), Failure mode, effect and criticality analysis
(FMECA). ( 8)
Unit 3
Reliability engineering fundamentals and applications: Historical perspectives, Definition

of Reliability, Role of Reliability evaluation, Reliability assessment, relationship between
Different Reliability functions, typical Hazard functions such as safety audit, fire safety ,
Mean time to failure, Cumulative Hazard function and average failure rate. (7)
Unit 4
Application of Probability distribution function in Reliability evaluation combinational

Aspects of Reliability, Markov models optimization of system Reliability. (5)

Unit 5
Maintainability: Definition and application of Maintainability Engineering, Factors affecting

Maintainability. Maintainability design criteria, operating and down time categories, Mean
time to activity restore equipment, Mean Maintenance man hours, Mean time for corrective
and Preventive Maintenance. (10)
Unit 6
Availability: types of Availability, Steady state availability, approaches to increase

equipment Availability, Markov analysis of availability. (8)

1. Reliability Engineering and practice by Alessandro Birolini, Springer publication
2 An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering by Charles E Ebeling
, McGraw-Hill Publication
3 Reliability Assessment Engineering by Cher Ming Tan , Nova Science Publisher
Website link
S. Weblink Content cover

N
1 https://www.mitre.org/publications/systems- Unit-1,2,3
engineering-guide/acquisition-systems-
engineering/integrated-logistics-support/reliability-
availability-and-
maintainability#:~:text=Definition%3A%20Reliab
ility%2C%20Availability%2C%20and,LCC)%20o
f%20a%20developed%20system.
2 "https://www.youtube.com/embed/j6zB7emiob Unit-4
Y" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer;
autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media;
gyroscope; picture-in-picture"
allowfullscreen></iframe>https://youtu.be/yI8iI
O1FXtA
3 https://youtu.be/pVfByfoQ1lU Unit-5,6

PEC-ME-623/21 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (PEC-II)

Pre- Requisite: Nil

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the principles of management and their
application towards the functioning of an organization.
CO 1-Understand the concepts of management and organization
CO 2-Develop planning and organizational management skills.
CO 3-Handle the complexities of human resource management with proper strategies.
CO 4-Analyze and control various processes within the organization using suitable tools and
techniques.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Definition of management, science or art, manager vs entrepreneur; Types of managers-

managerial roles and skills; Evolution of management- scientific, human relations, system and
contingency approaches; Types of Business Organizations, sole proprietorship, partnership,
company, public and private enterprises; Organization culture and environment; Current
trends and issues in management. (8)
Unit 2
Nature and purpose of Planning, types of Planning, objectives, setting objectives, policies,
Strategic Management, Planning Tools and Techniques, Decision making steps & processes,
PDCA. (6)
Unit 3
Nature and purpose of Organizing, formal and informal organization, organization structure,
types, line and staff authority, departmentalization, delegation of authority, centralization and
decentralization, job design, human resource management, HR planning, Recruitment

selection, Training & Development, Performance Management, Career planning and
Management, cross functional teams. (10)
Unit 4
Directing, individual and group behavior, motivation, motivation theories, motivational

techniques, job satisfaction, job enrichment, leadership, types & theories of leadership,
effective communication. (10)
Unit 5
Controlling, system and process of controlling, budgetary and non-budgetary control

techniques, use of computers and IT in management control, productivity problems and
management, control and performance, direct and preventive control, reporting, MIS. (8)

1. Robbins S.P., Coulter M.A. (2018). Management (14th Ed.), Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Koontz, H., and Weihrich, H. (2015). Essentials of Management: An International,

Innovation, and Leadership Perspective (10th Ed.), Tata McGraw Hills.
3. Tripathi P.C. & Reddy P.N. (2017). Principles of Management (6th Ed.), McGraw Hill.
4. Ghuman K. &Aswathapa K., (2017). Management concepts and cases (10th ed.), Tata
McGraw Hills, New Delhi.
Web Links:

1. http://oer2go.org/mods/en-oya/business- Unit 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5
101/index.html
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/108/122108038/ Unit 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5

PEC-ME-624/21 AIRCRAFT TECHNOLOGY (PEC- II)
No. of Credits: 3 Sessional: 25

Marks
Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics
Successive: Project
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the principles of operation of aircrafts,
aerodynamics, general familiarization of aircraft engine systems, maintenance procedures and
standard practices.
CO 1-Understand the principles of flight and the basic thermodynamics involved.
CO 2- Describe the principles and working of aircraft propulsion systems.
CO 3- Explain aerodynamics, inspection and maintenance of aircraft engines.
CO 4- Appraise different aviation systems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Principles of Flight: History of flights, Aircraft configurations, Flight control systems;
Mechanical control, Powered control, Fly-By-Wire and digital Fly-By-Wire control systems,
flying limits, Airframe & engine manufacturers. Material for Aircraft systems. (6)
Unit 2
Aircraft Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics, Second law of thermodynamics,
Air standard cycles, Brayton cycle & its variants. (6)
Unit 3
Aircraft Propulsion: Thrust, Thrust equation, Propulsive efficiency, Factors effecting thrust,
Fundamentals of gas turbine engines, Aircraft engine construction, compressor & its
Classification, combustion chambers, classification and performance, gas turbines, its
classification & operation, convergent/divergent nozzles, Type of aircraft engines; turbo jet,
turbo-prop & turbo fan engines. (9)

Unit 4
Aerodynamics of Airplanes: Basics of aerodynamics, Wing airfoil profile and effects,
Thrust, drag, lift & gravity, Control surfaces; aileron, elevator, rudder, slat, flap & spoiler,
servo tab etc. Thrust reversers. (6)
Unit 5
Engine Systems, Inspection & Maintenance: Fuel system, Lubrication system, Compressor
air flow control system, Turbine vanes and blade cooling, Cabin air conditioning, Full
authority digital electronic engine control, Engine starting and ignition, Fire protection system,
Engine Inlet cowling anti icing, environmental control system, engine indicating system, Aero
engine maintenance & overhauling. (6)
Unit 6
Miscellaneous Aviation
Concepts and flight of Helicopter, Drone, Air taxi, Rocket etc. History & overview of air war
fare, Difference between civil & fighter craft aerodynamics & engines, Development & types
of fighter crafts, fighter craft weapons & firing, Safety, maintenance & emergency features.
Mari-time fighters. (6)

1. Kermode, A.C. Flight without formulae, Pearson Education; 11th edition, 2011
2. Anderson, J.D. Introduction to flights, McGraw-Hill 8th edition 2015
3. Engineering Thermodynamics- P K Nag, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach- Cengel and Boles, McGraw Hill Company
5. Hill P.G & Peterson, C.R. “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of propulsion” Pearson
education (2009)
6. United Technologies’ Pratt & Whitney, “The Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine and its Operation
7. Kroes& Wild, “Aircraft Power Plants”, 7th Edition- McGraw Hill, New York, 1994
8. Mekinley, J.L and R.D. Bent, Aircraft Power Plants, McGraw Hill 1993
9. Teager, S, “Aircraft Gas Turbine Technology, McGraw Hill 1997.
10. Aviation Maintenance Technician Hand Book- Power Plant Volume -2 FAA-H-8083-32
Web Links:

1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aviation
2 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermodynamics Thermodynamics
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/101/101101002/ Prop
4 https://www.nasa.gov/centers/glenn/home/index.html Aerodynamics

PEC-ME-625/21 NUMERIC CONTROL OF MACHINE TOOLS, ROBOTICS AND
RAPID PROTOTYPING
(PEC-II)

Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to acquaint the students about the numerical control
systems and to develop related programming skills. Emphasis will be on modern
manufacturing methods like robotics and additive manufacturing.
CO 1- Understand the basic concepts of numerical control along with related steps tooling.
CO 2- Describe the functions and working of Computer Numerical Control, Direct Numerical
control, Distributed Numerical Control and Adaptive Control systems
CO 3- Discuss features and components of CNC machines.
CO 4- Apply codes and develop CNC part programs.
CO 5- Describe basic physical configurations and features of a robots and develop robot
programs for simple operations
CO 6- Express the principles and applications additive manufacturing and rapid prototyping
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Numerical Control: Introduction to numerical control (NC) System, Basic components of NC

machine tools, open and close loop control, actuation and feedback systems, Point to point,
lined and contouring systems, Tooling for NC systems, Steps in NC manufacturing. (6)
Unit 2
Computer Numerical Control: Basic concept of computer Numerical control (CNC) system,
advantages of CNC, functions of CNC system, Direct Numerical Control (DNC) system,
components of a DNC system, functions of DNC, advantages of DNC, distributed numerical
control and adaptive control system. (6)
Unit 3
CNC Machines: Features and components of CNC Machining and turning centres ,Functions
of ATC and APC. CNC EDM and its features and components (6)
Unit 4

CNC programming: Input media and coding formats. Manual part programming for CNC
Turning and Machining Centres, cutter diameter and length compensation, Computer assisted
part programming, NC part programming languages, APT language, geometry statements,
motion statements, post processor statements, auxiliary statements., practice and development
of part programs using turning and machining centres (9)
Unit 5
Robotics: Industrial robots and their applications for transformational and handling activities,
Configuration and motions, Actuators, sensors and end effectors, Features like work envelop,
precision of movements, weight carrying capacity, Robot programming: Lead through
programming and robot programming languages, practice and development robot programs
for Drawing/pick and place/welding operations (7)
Unit 6
Rapid prototyping and Additive Manufacturing: Introduction to Rapid prototyping,

Additive Manufacturing and 3D printing, types of technologies and machines used for 3D
printing, materials used for 3D printing, applications of 3D printing in manufacturing industry.
(6)

1. CNC Technology and Programming- Tilak Raj, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New
Delhi
2. CAD/CAM: computer-aided design and manufacturing - M. P. Groover, E. W. Zimmers,
Prentice-Hall
3. Computer Aided Manufacturing - T. K. Kundra, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
4. Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems - Y. Koren, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
5. Automation, Production systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing - M. P. Groover,
Pearson Education
Web Links:
1. https://video.search.yahoo.com/search/video;_ylt=Awr9CW6vdwFfxvcABCJXNyoA;
_ylu=X3oDMTByNWU4cGh1BGNvbG8DZ3ExBHBvcwMxBHZ0aWQDBHNlYwN
zYw--
?p=NPTEL+lectures+on+CNC+machines&fr=mcafee#id=2&vid=1e4ffe1da9bd34c38
7cae97a1ba414c3&action=view
zYw--
?p=NPTEL+lectures+on+CNC+machines&fr=mcafee#id=1&vid=d2d7faadc0383d145
1e974740a028346&action=view
zYw--

?p=NPTEL+lectures+on+CNC+machines&fr=mcafee#id=5&vid=d6aed0675e89f79aa
763b69afe967f6e&action=view
zYw--
?p=NPTEL+lectures+on+CNC+machines&fr=mcafee#id=11&vid=b171b78e20ad9f1c
55952d3bfd425da2&action=view
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C_zPZoLclJY
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5b8P3flb26I

PEC-ME-626/21 INDUSTRIAL TRIBOLOGY & LUBRICATION (PEC-II)

Pre- Requisite: Fluid Mechanics

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to study the concepts of friction and wear and to minimize their
effects by lubrication on different surfaces.
CO 1- Apply the basic theories of friction, wear and lubrication to predict the frictional
behavior of commonly encountered sliding interfaces.
CO 2- Describe the types of wear and its measurement methods.
CO 3- Discuss the different modes of lubrication and film lubrication theory.
CO 4- Understand the concepts of surface engineering and make selection for bearing
materials.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Surfaces and Friction: Topography of Engineering surfaces- Contact between surfaces -

Sources of sliding Friction -Adhesion Ploughint- Energy dissipation mechanisms, Friction
Characteristics of metals - Friction of non-metals. Friction of lamellar solids - friction of
Ceramic materials and polymers - Rolling Friction. Source of Rolling Friction - Stick slip
motion - Measurement of Friction. (8)
Unit 2
Wear- Types of wear: Simple theory of Sliding Wear Mechanism of sliding wear of metals -
Abrasive wear. Materials for Adhesive and Abrasive wear situations - Corrosive wear -

Surface Fatigue wear situations - Brittle Fracture wear - Wear of Ceramics and Polymers -
Wear Measurements. (8)
Unit 3
Lubricants and Lubrication Types: Types and properties of Lubricants - Testing methods -
Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Elasto hydrodynamic lubrication- Boundary Lubrication - Solid
Lubrication Hydrostatic Lubrication. (8)
Unit 4
Film Lubrication Theory: Fluid film in simple shear - Viscous flow between very close
parallel plates - Shear stress variation, Reynolds Equation for film Lubrication - High speed
unloaded journal bearings - Loaded journal bearings - Reaction torque on the bearings -
Virtual Coefficient of friction - The Somerfield diagram. (8)
Unit 5
Surface Engineering and Materials for Bearings: Surface modifications - Transformation

Hardening, surface fusion - Thermo chemical processes - Surface coatings - 103 Plating and
anodizing Fusion Processes - Vapour Phase processes - Materials for rolling Element bearings
- Materials for fluid film bearings - Materials for marginally lubricated and dry bearings. (8)

1. I.M. Hutchings, Tribology, Friction and Wear of Engineering Material, Edward Arnold
2. T.A. Stolarski, Tribology in Machine Design , Industrial Press Inc
3. E. P.Bowden and Tabor.D., Friction and Lubrication , Heinemann Educational Books Ltd
4. A. Cameron, Basic Lubrication theory , Longman, U.K.., 1981.
5. M. J.Neale (Editor), Tribology Handbook, Newnes. Butter worth, Heinemann, U.K
Web Links:
S. Address of web source Content

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/102/11210201 UNIT III Lubricants and
5 Lubrication Types, Film
Lubrication Theory
2 https://freevideolectures.com/course/3142/trib UNIT II Wear- Types of wear,
ology Friction
3 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tribology Tribology Introduction
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u27gQbl Bearing
SxP8

PEC-ME-627/21 ELECTRIC VEHICLE AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (PEC-II)

Pre- Requisite: Design of Machine Elements

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of studying this course is to learn about the design procedures for Electric
Vehicle and Transmission System components.
Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course the students will be able to:
CO 1- Learn various components of Electric Vehicles and hybrid vehicles.
CO 2- Understand Electric Vehicle Architecture Design.
CO 3- Aquire skill of designing Electric Drive-trains.
CO 4- Analyze Electric Propulsion unit and supporting system.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to Electric Vehicle: Conventional Vehicles, Comparison with Internal
combustion Engine : Technology, Requirements in Electric Vehicles, History of electric
vehicles, Components of Electric Vehicle, Introduction to Energy Storage, Battery based
energy storage and its analysis, Battery Electric vehicle and its components: Types of Motors,
Selection and sizing of Motor, Motor Controllers, Electrical protection and system
requirement. (8)
Unit 2
Electric Vehicle Architecture Design: Types of Electric Vehicle, Photovoltaic solar based
electric vehicle design, Hybrid electric vehicle (HEV), History of hybrid vehicles,
Introduction to electric components used in hybrid ,social and environmental importance of
hybrid and electric vehicles, Fuel cell electric vehicle (FCEV).Type of Charging station,
Selection and Sizing of charging station. Components of charging station. (8)

Unit 3
Electric Drive-trains: Calculating the rolling resistance, Calculating the grade resistance,
Finding the total tractive effort and Torque required on the drive wheel, Basic concept of
electric traction, Introduction to various electric drive-train topologies, power flow control in
electric drive-train topologies, Vehicle power source characterization. (8)
Unit 4
Electric Propulsion unit: Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Configuration and
control of Induction Motor drives, configuration and control of Permanent Magnet Motor
drives, Configuration and control of Switch Reluctance Motor drives, drive system efficiency.
(8)
Unit 5
Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine
(ICE), Sizing the propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics, selecting the energy storage
technology, supporting subsystems.
Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric
Vehicle (BEV). (8)

1. Emadi, A. (Ed.), Miller, J., Ehsani, M., “Vehicular Electric Power Systems” Boca
Raton, CRC Press.
2. Husain, I. “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles” Boca Raton, CRC Press.
3. Larminie, James, and John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained” John
Wiley and Sons.
4. Tariq Muneer and Irene Illescas García, “The automobile, In Electric Vehicles:
Prospects and Challenges”, Elsevier.
5. Sheldon S. Williamson, “Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in
Hybrid Electric Vehicles”, Springer.
Weblink for online learning: https://www.nptel.ac.in/content/108103009

PEC-ME-701/21 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT (PEC- III)

Course Objectives:
The objective of the course is to provide the students with the fundamental concepts, the
necessary knowledge and the basic skills related to systems maintenance function. The course
intends to expose the students to the concept of maintenance optimal policies.
Course Outcomes: At the end of course the students will be able to:
CO1-Understand the maintenance function and its objectives.
CO2- Classify different types of maintenance.

CO3- Describe the condition monitoring and optimal maintenance policies.
CO4- Explore the concepts of TPM.
Unit 1
Maintenance Management: Relevance of Maintenance: an over view, maintenance services,

problems of the plant manager, automation and maintenance. Requirements of Maintenance
Engineering Department, Basic Principles of maintenance Engineering –– Importance and
benefits of sound Maintenance systems –Maintenance organization – Definitions and terms
used in Maintenance Engineering. (10)
Unit 2
Classification of maintenance approach: Introduction, Planned Maintenance- Unplanned
Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance- Corrective Maintenance- Basic Principle and
objective, advantages, disadvantages, Basic requirements. (7)
Unit 3
Condition Monitoring: Different condition monitoring Techniques; Visual, performance,
fluid and vibration monitoring. Fluid condition and particle monitoring; Wear debris analysis;
Vibration monitoring methods; Vibration data collection; Techniques; Instruments. (7)
Unit 4
Optimal Maintenance Policies: Introduction, Factors affecting the maintenance policies,

Maintenance categories – Comparative merits of each category, Repair/Discard decisions-
Factors affecting the R/D decisions, Cost comparison for R/D decisions, optimal module size,
safety in Maintenance, Economics of maintenance. (10)

Unit 5
Total Productive Maintenance: Development and scope of concept, technology, basic

systems of TPM procedure and steps of TPM, productivity circle. (7)

1. Industrial Maintenance – H.P.Garg
2. Ind. Maint. Management – S.K.Srivastava
3. Collacot R.A.- Mechanical fault diagnosis and condition monitoring
4. Hunt, T.M., (1993), Handbook of wear debris analysis and particle detection in liquids,
Elsevier applied science, London and New York
5. Dhillon, B.S. (2002). Engineering Maintenance: A Modern Approach. CRC Press,
Boca Raton, Florida.
6. Jardine, A.K.S. and Tsang, A.H.C. (2006). Maintenance, Replacement, and Reliability:
Theory and Applications. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN 0-8493-3966-0.
7. Rao, B. (1996), Handbook of condition monitoring, Elsevier advanced technology,
Oxford.
8. Ross, S.M. (1970). Applied Probability Models with Optimization Applications.
Holden Day, San Francisco.
Web Links
Web link Contents

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105232/ Maintenance Principles
https://www.onupkeep.com/learning/maintenance- Classification of maintenance
types/ approach
Introduction, Planned Maintenance-
Unplanned Maintenance, Preventive
Maintenance- Corrective
Maintenance- Basic Principle and
objective, advantages, disadvantages,
Basic requirements.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105232/ Condition Monitoring

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105048/ Condition Monitoring
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UOuTBCrW2kY Total Productive Maintenance
Development and scope of concept,
technology, basic systems of TPM
procedure and steps of TPM,
productivity circle

PEC-ME-702/21TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (PEC-III)


Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
To facilitate the understanding of Total Quality Management principles and processes.
CO1- Understand the basic concepts of quality and total quality management.
CO2-.Analyse the role of soft options in TQM.
CO3- Comprehend underlying principles of TQM.
CO4- Understand various tools and techniques of TQM.
CO5- Learn about different types of quality awards.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Quality – Basic concepts, need for quality, evolution of quality, dimensions of
quality. (4)
Unit 2
Total Quality Management: Definition, journey from inspection to TQM, dimensions of

TQM, TQM viewpoints, reasons for adopting TQM, components of TQM, steps in TQM
implementation, Roadblocks in TQM implementation, Reasons for TQM failure, Factors
affecting TQM environment. (10)
Unit 3
Role of soft options in TQM: Hard vs. Soft factors, Role and expectation of employer,
employee, customer and supplier from organization and vice versa. Human factors in TQM,
Role of top management commitment, work culture, motivation, coordination, attitude,
innovation. (8)

Unit 4
TQM Principles: Quality councils- employee involvement, motivation; Empowerment; Team

and Teamwork; Quality circles, recognition and reward, performance appraisal. (6)
Unit 5
Tools and techniques in TQM: Introduction to SQC, Six sigma- concepts, methodology,
Benchmarking process, Introduction to total productive maintenance. (8)
Unit 6
Quality awards – MBNQA, Deming award, European quality award, Australian quality
award, National quality awards. (6)

1. Total Quality Management- Oakland (Butterworth – Heinamann Ltd.)
2. Managing for total quality from Deming to Taguchi and SPC - Logothetis N. (PHI)
3. Total Quality Control - Feigenbaum A.V. (MGH)
4. Total Quality Management - Besterfield Dale H (Pearson Education)
5. Total Quality Management (TQM): Principles, Methods, and Applications - Sunil Luthra,
Dixit Garg, AshishAgarwal, Sachin K. Mangla (CRC Press)
Web Links:

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Quality
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Total quality management
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Tools and techniques in TQM

PEC-ME-703/21 NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES UTILIZATION
(PEC-III)
L T P Total Theory : 75 Marks
Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to study energy resources, energy planning and their utilization.
CO 1- Understand the energy resources and its requirement.

CO 2- Understand production and utility of bio-gas and solar energy.
CO 3- Describe concept and application of wind energy.
CO 4- Understand tidal energy as alternate resource.
CO 5- Discuss the utility of thermoelectric Systems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Energy Resources and their Utilization : Indian and global energy sources, Energy
exploited, Energy planning including Indian Energy Policy, Energy parameters (energy
intensity, energy-GDP elasticity), Introduction to various sources of energy, Solar thermal,
Photovoltaic, Water power, Wind energy, Biomass, Ocean thermal, Tidal and wave energy,
Geothermal energy, Hydrogen energy systems, Fuel cells, Decentralized and dispersed
generation. Economics. Impact of renewable energy generation on environment, Kyoto
Protocol, Cost of electricity production from different energy sources, Energy options for
Indian economy. (6)
Unit 2
Solar Radiations: Extra terrestrial radiation, Spectral distribution, Solar constant, Solar
radiations on earth, Measurement of solar radiations, Solar radiation geometry, Flux on a
plane surface, Latitude, Declination angle, Surface azimuth angle, Hour angle, Zenith angle,
Solar altitude angle expression for angle between incident beam and the normal to a plane

surface (no derivation), Local apparent time, Apparent motion of sun, Day length, Solar
radiation data for India.
Solar Energy: Solar thermal power and it's conversion, Solar collectors, Flat plate,
Performance analysis of flat plate collector, Solar concentrating collectors, Types of
concentrating collectors, Thermodynamic limits to concentration, Cylindrical collectors,
Thermal analysis of solar collectors, Tracking CPC and solar swing. Solar thermal energy
storage, Different systems, Solar pond. Applications, Water heating, Space heating & cooling,
Solar distillation, Solar pumping, Solar cooking, Greenhouses, Solar power plants.
Solar photovoltaic system: Photovoltaic effect, Efficiency of solar cells, Semiconductor
materials for solar cells, Solar photovoltaic system, Standards of solar photovoltaic system,
Applications of PV system, PV hybrid system, Batteries for Solar System. (06)
Unit 3
Biogas: Photosynthesis, Bio gas production, Aerobic and anaerobic bio-conversion process,
Raw materials, Properties of bio gas, Producer gas, Transportation of bio gas, bio gas plant
technology & status, Community biogas plants, Problems involved in bio gas production, Bio
gas applications, Biomass conversion techniques, Biomass gasification, Energy recovery from
urban waste, Power generation from liquid waste, Biomass cogeneration, Energy plantation,
Fuel properties, Biomass resource development in India. (06)
Unit 4
Wind Energy: Properties of wind, Availability of wind energy in India, wind velocity, Wind
machine fundamentals, Types of wind machines and their characteristics, Horizontal and
Vertical axis wind mills, Elementary design principles, Coefficient of performance of a wind
mill rotor, Aerodynamic considerations in wind mill design, Selection of a wind mill, Wind
energy farms, Economic issues, Recent development.(06)
Unit 5
Tidal Power: Tides and waves as sources of energy, Fundamentals of tidal power, Use of
tidal energy, Limitations of tidal energy conversion systems.
Ocean Energy: Principle of ocean thermal energy conversion, Wave energy conversion
machines, Power plants based on ocean energy, Problems associated with ocean thermal
energy conversion systems, Thermoelectric OTEC, Developments of OTEC. (06)

Unit 6
Thermoelectric Systems: Properties of thermoelectric materials, Fusion Plasma generators.
Geothermal energy: Structure of earth's interior, Geothermal sites, earthquakes &volcanoes,
Geothermal resources, Hot springs, Steam ejection, Principal of working, Types of geothermal
station with schematic representation, Site selection for geothermal power plants. Advanced
concepts, Problems associated with geothermal conversion. (06)

1. Bansal Keemann, Meliss,” Renewable energy sources and conversion technology", Tata
McGraw Hill.
2. Kothari D.P., “Renewable energy resources and emerging technologies", Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Ashok V. Desai, "Non conventional Energy", New Age International Publishers Ltd.
Web link contents

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/ Solar Energy:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/ Bio Mass
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/ Ocean Energy
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/ Wind Energy

PEC-ME-704/21 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENTS (PEC-III)
Sessional: 25 Marks
No. of Credits: 3
Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to study and analyze the different equipments used in
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Systems.
CO 1- Understand the construction and working principles of different type of filters,
Humidifiers and dehumidifiers.
CO 2- Analyze the performance of condensers, evaporators and cooling towers used in RAC
system.
CO 3- Describe the different compressors used in RAC systems.
CO 4- Illustrate and analyze the working of fans, pumps, expansion devices and different
motors used in RAC systems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Filters and Humidifiers: Air Cleaning, Air Filters, Methods of Air Cleaning, Different types
of Air Filters, Selection of Air Filters, Performance of air Filters, Odour Removal, Clean
Room for Industrial applications. Humidifiers: Need of Humidifiers, Methods of
Humidification, Various types of Humidifiers, Dehumidifiers: Need of Dehumidifiers,
Methods of Dehumidification and Various types of Dehumidifiers. (7)
Unit 2
Condensers and Cooling Towers: Types of Cooling Medium and their Selection, Air and
Water cooled Condensers, Economic Operation of Condenser, Different Types of Water
Cooled Condensers, Spray Ponds, Cooling Towers, Natural, Forced and Induced Draft
Cooling Towers, Design Analysis of Cooling Towers, Performance Analysis of Condensers
and Cooling Towers. (7)

Unit 3
Evaporators: Factors Considered for Design of Evaporators, Evaporator Types: Flooded and
Dry Evaporators, Natural and Forced Convection, Shell and Tube, Shell and Coil, Plate type
and Secondary Evaporators. Application of Fins, Temperature distribution and Heat flow in
Evaporator, Pressure drop, Fouling correction factor, Selection of Evaporators.(6)
Unit 4
Compressors: Reciprocating, Rotary, Scroll, Centrifugal, Screw and Thermo-Compressor

Compressors (Excluding the Analysis), Factors Affecting the Performance of Reciprocating
Compressor, Capacity Control of Compressors, Compressors for Eco-friendly Refrigerants,
Variable Drive Compressor and Future Trends in Refrigeration Compressors and Selection of
Compressors, Inverter based technology and variable refrigerant flow system.(7)
Unit 5
Fans: Types, Axial Flow Fans, Centrifugal Fans, Total Pressure Developed by Fan, Fan air
power and Efficiencies, Problems, Pumps: Types, Reciprocating, Gear or Rotary and
Centrifugal Pumps, Selection of Fans and Pumps.(6)
Unit 6:
Expansion Devices: Capillary tube, Automatic Expansion, Thermostatic Expansion, High-

Side float, Low-Side Float and Solenoid Control Valves, Electronic expansion valve,
Introduction to Electric Motors and their Applications, Variable speed motors, variable
frequency drive for motors, Introduction to Motor Starting Relays and Motor Overload
Protector. (6)

1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by C.P. Arora – TMH.
2. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by S.C.Domkundwar – Dhanpat Rai & Sons
3. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by D.S. Kumar- Kataria and Sons
4. Carrier Hand Book for HVAC Engineers.
Web Links:

1. https://www.ashrae.org/technical- RAC system components

resources/ashrae-handbook/ashrae-handbook-online
2 https://www.danfoss.com/en-gb/service-and- Expansion devices,
support/learning/cooling-learning/ Compressor
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105129/ Condenser, evaporator,
compressor, expansion
devices, ducts

PEC-ME-705/21 TOOL DESIGN (PEC-III)

Pre- Requisite: Machine Design
Successive: Project
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to design different types of tools and
gauges to be used in manufacturing processes
CO1- Select and use different cutting tools and their materials according to machining
operations and work piece materials.
CO 2- Design single point and multipoint cutting tools
CO 3- Design jigs and fixtures for manufacturing processes
CO 4- Design different types of gauges
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Tool inserts, holders and quality of machine surfaces: Advanced cutting tool materials,
Tool inserts, ISO specifications of inserts and tool holders, ISO tool shapes, type of tools,
work hardening, and quality of machines surfaces. (6)
Unit 2
Design of single point and form tool: Design of single point turning tool: shank design,
cutting edge design, tool signature and selection tool angles, provision of chip control, shank
and tool designations.
Design of flat and circular form tools: introduction, types of form tool, design of circular and
flat form tool. (7)

Unit 3
Design of Drill and Reamer: Nomenclature of reamers, reamer classification and
designation, speed, feed and depth of cut, factors affecting the design of reamers, Reamer
design
Drill: types of drill, nomenclature of drill, drill materials and design of drill. (7)
Unit 4
Design of milling cutter and Broach: Elements of milling cutter, classification of milling
cutters, Design of a milling cutter.
Introduction to broaching operation, Elements of a broach, Types of broaches, broach
material design of a round broach. (8)
Unit 5
Design of Jigs and Fixtures: Introduction to jigs and fixtures, location and clamping
devices, Design of drill jigs, Design of milling fixtures. (7)
Unit 6
Gauges and Gauge Design: introduction, elements and their function, tailor’s principle of
gauge design Design of Plug Gauges and Ring Gauges, Standards, materials for gauges,
maintenance and safety of gauges. (6)

1. Fundamentals of Tool Design – Donaldson – TMH
2. Theory of Metal Cutting and Tool Design – Arshinov – Mir Publishers, Moscow
3. Fundamentals of Tool Design- ASTME
4. Tool Design- H.W, Pollack – Tarapouevala
5. Jigs and fixtures - P. H. Joshi – McGraw Hill
6. An introduction to Jigs and Fixtures- M.HA Kempster – Whitaker & Sons Ltd.
7. Fundamentals of Tool Design,F.W.Wilson, ASME, PHI, New Delhi
Web Links:
1. https://video.search.yahoo.com/search/video?fr=mcafee&p=nptel+lectures+on+jigs+an
d+fixture+designs#id=2&vid=bd6d74f1fb7b4920660f5a0ca4f9c012&action=view
d+fixture+designs#id=3&vid=cb9866b32ab3efb3d16b66fef66d08a0&action=view
d+fixture+designs#id=4&vid=bfb721c7ff8990445d7e5cd1142681ea&action=view
4. https://video.search.yahoo.com/search/video?fr=mcafee&p=nptel+lectures+on+design
+of+inspection+gauges+youtube#id=11&vid=787146bed2536eb45a152b5e8069d213
&action=view

5. https://video.search.yahoo.com/search/video?fr=mcafee&p=nptel+lectures+on+design
+of+inspection+gauges+youtube#id=37&vid=95b9c80d06e468826f5d83da9156843d
&action=view

PEC-ME-706/21 ACOUSTICS AND VIBRATIONS (PEC-III)

Pre- Requisite: Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to study essential concepts for mechanical vibrations induced in
various equipments. To study single degree of freedom, two degree of freedom system, vibration
absorber and analyze effects of vibrations on mechanical equipment.
CO 1- Learn vibrations leading to analysis of first degree of freedom.

CO 2-Analyze two degree of vibration and vibration isolation and transmissibility
CO 3- Analyze multi degree of freedom systems using various numerical

methods
CO 4- Understand the influence and stiffness coefficients
CO 5-Understand the transient vibrations.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Harmonic motion, periodic motion, vibration terminology, Single Degree of

freedom Systems: Free and forced vibrations with and without damping, magnification factor,
transmissibility and isolation. (6)
Unit 2
Two degree of Freedom Systems: Generalized co-ordinates, principal co-ordinates, derivation of

equation of motion, co-ordinate coupling, Lagrange’s equation. Vibration Absorber: Tuned
absorber, determination of mass ratio, tuned and damped absorber (qualitative treatment only),
untuned viscous damper. (7)
Unit 3
Multi Degree of Freedom system: Derivation of equation, calculation of natural frequencies by

Rayleigh, Stodala, matrix, matrix iteration and Holzer methods. (6)

Unit 4
Vibration Analysis: Introduction, Influence coefficient, Stiffness Matrix, Flexibility Matrix,

Natural Frequencies and Normal Modes. (7)
Unit 5
Automotive Noise Control: Noise Characteristics of engines, Assessment of mechanical noise,

Transmission noise. Control Techniques: Noise levels, Static and Dynamic Balancing, Methods of
controlling noise in engines. (6)
Unit 6
Basics of Acoustics: Introduction, frequency, acoustical sources, Properties of elementary acoustic

sources: Point source (monopole), line source, loudness, decibel scale, octave, music scale. Sound
pressure. Acoustic measures: SPL, rms, Leq, levels, Complex notation of harmonic signals. Freq.
domain: Spectra, 1/3-octave and octave bands, A-,B-, and C-weighting. (6)
Unit 7
Physical phenomena influencing sound propagation: Damping, reflection, scattering,

diffraction, refraction. Snell’s law,Vehicle acoustics in general and development trends, Silencers,
Road traffic noise and city planning. (6)

1. Mechanical Vibration – V.P.Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Sons.
2. Mechanical Vibration :G.K.Grover – Nem Chand & Bros., Roorkee, INDIA
3. Fundamentals of Acoustics, Lawrence E. Kinsler, Austin R. Frey, Wiley Publishers.
4. Thomson, W.T, “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, CBS Pub. & Distributors.
5. Tse, Morse and Hinkle, “ Mechanical Vibration”, prentice Hall of India Ltd.
6. Schaum Outline Series, “Mechanical Vibration”, Mc Graw Hill Book Company.
7. Lindley and Higgins, “Maintenance Engineering Hand Book” McGraw Hill Book
Company.
Web Links:
S.N. Address of Web Source Contents

1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWNpID0T Basics of Vibration
WYU
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WaS3SmY Single degree of
utuo Freedom system

PEC-ME-721/21 NEW VENTURE CREATION (PEC-IV)
B. Tech. (Mechanical Engineering) VII/VIII Semester


Successive: Product Design and Development
Course Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide know-how for being able to launch a new venture by
identifying the entrepreneurial opportunities, support and resource requirements.
CO 1-Acquire knowledge about entrepreneur and entrepreneurship.
CO 2- Understand the various activities involved in establishment of small scale enterprises.
CO 3-Identify the operational issues of small scale enterprises.
CO 4-Understand the performance appraisal methods and growth strategies.
CO 5-Comprehend the life cycle approach of production management.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship: Introduction; Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship;

Role of entrepreneurship in economic development; Entrepreneurial competencies and
motivation; Institutional Interface for Small Scale Industry/Enterprises. (6)
Unit 2
Establishing Small Scale Enterprise: Opportunity Scanning and Identification; Creativity

and product development process; Market survey and assessment; choice of technology and
selection of site. (8)
Unit 3
Planning a Small Scale Enterprises: Financing new/small enterprises; Techno Economic

Feasibility Assessment; Preparation of Business Plan; Forms of business
organization/ownership, Preparation of project report. (8)

Unit 4
Operational Issues in SSE: Financial management issues; Operational/project management

issues in SSE; Marketing management issues in SSE; Relevant business and industrial Laws.
(8)
Unit 5
Performance appraisal and growth strategies: Management performance assessment and

control; Causes of Sickness in SSI, Strategies for Stabilization and Growth. (6)
Unit 6
Life cycle of production management: Stages in life cycle of production management and
Major managerial Decisions involved in each stage. (4)

1. Bruce R Barringer and R Duane Ireland, Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New
Ventures, 6th ed., Pearson Edu., 2019.
2. D.F. Kuratko and T.V. Rao, Entrepreneurship: A South-Asian Perspective, Cengage

Learning, 2013.
3. Dr. S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development (4th ed.), S Chand & Company Ltd., 2012.
4. Dr. Vasant Desai, Management of Small Scale Enterprises, Himalaya Publishing House,
2004.
Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106141/ Unit 1 to 5
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/127/105/127105007/ Unit 1 to 5

PEC-ME-722/21 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (PEC-IV)
Pre- Requisite: Nil
Successive: Nil
Course Objective:
The objective of this course is to inculcate knowledge and skills for developing & managing a
project.
Course outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1-Illustrate the taxonomy of projects and project appraisal & selection.
CO 2-Describe and develop project network.
CO 3- Illustrate the role of human factors in a project.
CO 4-Develop and solve project problems using Project evaluation & review technique
(PERT) &Critical path method (CPM).
CO 5-Analyze how to control & monitor a project.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction & Overview: Definitions, Project characteristics, Taxonomy of projects, Project

life cycle (Project phases), Skill set of project manager, computer aided project management
system. (6)
Unit 2
Project Selection process: Project Identification and Screening; Project feasibility study;
Project Appraisal: Market, Technical, social, Ecological, Economical& Financial; Project
Selection: Pragmatic, pair wise, MADM approach. (8)
Unit 3
Development of Project Network: Project description, Work break down structure,

Nomenclature, Rules for drawing and representation, consistency and Redundancy inProject
Networks, Matrix representation, Basic Scheduling with Networks (Forward &Backward
Pass). (6)

Unit 4
CPM& PERT: Network diagram, Activity times, Critical path, Completion, Floats,
Probability (Normal Distribution usage), and Numerical Problems. (6)
Unit 5
Project Monitoring & Control: Project adjustments, Crashing: Direct & Indirect cost,
Normal & Crash: duration & cost, Resource leveling: Types, usage, leveling, Problems,
Managing Risk. (6)
Unit 6
Role of Human Factors and Project completion: Dealing with people, Team Building and
Leadership in Projects, Cross-functional team and change management, commitment, work
culture, motivation, coordination, attitude, and innovation. Project Completion, Review and
Future Directions. (8)
1. Project Management: A Life Cycle Approach by Arun Kanda. (PHI Learning)

2. Project Management by Clifford Gray and Erik Larson. (Tata McGraw Hill Edition)
3. Management Guide to PERT/ CPM by Wiest, JD and Levy F.K. (PHI)
4. Industrial Engg. & Mgmt. by Dr Ravi Shankar.Galgotia Publications.
Web Links:

1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Project_management
Overview
2 http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2371/Project-and-
20 different video lectures
Production-Management (Prof Arun Kanda, IIT Delhi)
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DdDzybQ_9vM CPM (Dr. Pamela Zelbst, Sam
Houston State University
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWpQcPUM0Y0& PERT (Prof. Sandeep Grover, JCB
t=339s UST, Faridabad)
5 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NjihSDb-uaA Resource Leveling(NPTEL)

PEC-ME-723/21 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING (PEC- IV)

Pre- Requisite: Thermodynamics, Dynamics of Machines, I. C. Engines
Successive: Project
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the construction and working principle of various parts
of an automobile.
CO 1- Understand the basic components of automobile vehicle.
CO 2- Explain the various power transmission means.
CO 3- Discuss the various suspension and steering systems.
CO 4- Describe the braking systems and tyres.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction
Types of automobile vehicles, vehicle construction and layouts, Vehicle

frame and body, vehicle aerodynamics, Requirements of Automobile Body; Unitised Body,
Car Body Styles, Bus Body & Commercial Vehicle Body Types; Front Engine Rear Drive &
Front Engine Front Drive Vehicles, Four Wheel Drive Vehicles, Safety considerations; Safety
features of latest vehicle; Future trends in Automobiles, Introduction to Hybrid and Electric
Vehicle. (6)
Unit 2
Power Transmission and Axle: Requirements of transmission system, Clutches and their
types, Different types of Gear Boxes- Sliding Mesh, Constant Mesh, Synchro- mesh Gear
Boxes, epicyclic gear box, continuous variable transmission (CVT). (6)
Unit 3
Drive lines and Axle: Universal Joint, Differential and Drive Axles: Effect of driving thrust
and torque reactions; Hotchkiss Drive, Torque Tube Drive and radius Rods; Propeller Shaft,
Universal Joints, Slip Joint; Constant Velocity Universal Joints; Front Wheel Drive; Principle,

Function, Construction & Operation of Differential; Rear Axles, Types of load coming on
Rear Axles, Full Floating, Three quarter Floating and Semi Floating Rear Axles. (6)
Unit 4
Suspension System: Terms related to suspension system, Need of Suspension System, Types
of Suspension-double-wishbone, Mac Pherson strut and solid axle suspension; factors
influencing ride comfort, Suspension Spring; Constructional details and characteristics of leaf
springs. (6)
Unit 5
Steering System: Front Wheel geometry & Wheel alignment viz. Caster, Camber, King pin
Inclination, Toein/Toe-out; Conditions for true rolling motions of Wheels during steering;
Different types of Steering Gear Boxes; Steering linkages and layout; Power steering – Rack
& Pinion Power Steering Gear, Electronics steering. (6)
Unit 6
Automotive Brakes, Tyres &Wheels: Classification of Brakes; Principle and constructional

details of Drum Brakes, Disc Brakes; Brake actuating systems; Mechanical, Hydraulic,
Pneumatic Brakes; Factors affecting Brake performance, Power & Power Assisted Brakes,
ABS, Tyres of Wheels; Types of Tyre & their constructional details, Wheel Balancing, Tyre
Rotation; Types of Tyre wear & their causes. (6)

1.T K Garrett, Motor vehicle, 13th ed., Elsevier.
2. Crouse and Anglin Automotive Mechanics, 10th edition Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Heitner J., Automotive Mechanics, 2nd ed., East-West Press, 1999.
4. Heisler H., Advanced Engine Technology, SAE International Publ., USA, 1998.
Web Links:

1 http://www.nptel.ac.in Unit 1, Unit 2

PEC-ME-724/21 DESIGN OF THERMAL SYSTEMS (PEC-IV)
B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) VII/VIII Semester

300 3 Total: 100 Marks
Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to aware the students about the use of thermodynamic concepts
in design the thermal systems.
CO 1 – Understand the basics of thermal system design.
CO 2 – Able to do modelling and design analysis.
CO 3 – Apply the exergy and heat transfer concepts in design of thermal systems.
CO4 – Apply concepts of heat and fluid flow in design.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to Thermal System Design: Different types of thermal systems, Efficiency and
effectiveness evaluation of different thermal systems, Overview of design process for thermal
systems, Life-Cycle Design of Thermal System, Safety and Reliability, Performance
evaluation and Cost analysis, Sample Problem Base-Case Design, introduction to Computer-
Aided Thermal System Design: Preliminaries, Process Synthesis Software, Analysis and
Optimization: Flow sheeting Software. (6)
Unit 2
Thermodynamics, Modelling, and Design Analysis: Basic Concepts and Definitions:
Preliminaries, The First Law of Thermodynamics, Energy, The Second Law of
Thermodynamics, Entropy and Entropy Generation, Control Volume Concepts: Mass, Energy
and Energy Balances, Control Volumes at Steady State, Ancillary Concepts, Property
Relations: Basic Relations for Pure Substances, Multicomponent System, Reacting Mixtures
and Combustion: Combustion, Enthalpy of Formation, Absolute Entropy, Ancillary Concepts,
Thermodynamic Model – Cogeneration System, Modelling and Design of Piping Systems:
Design Considerations, Estimation of Head Loss, Piping System Design and Design Analysis,
Pump Selection. (7)

Unit 3
Exergy Analysis: Exergy: Preliminaries, Defining Exergy, Environment and Dead States,
Exergy Components, Physical Exergy: Derivation, Discussion, Exergy Balance: Closed
System Exergy Balance, Control Volume Exergy Balance, Chemical Exergy: Standard
Chemical Exergy, Standard Chemical Exergy of Gases and Gas Mixtures, Standard Chemical
Exergy of Fuels, Applications: Cogeneration System Exergy Analysis, Exergy Destruction
and Exergy Loss, Exergetic Efficiency, Chemical Exergy of Coal, Char, and Fuel Oil,
Guidelines for Evaluating and Improving Thermodynamic Effectiveness. (7)
Unit 4
Heat Transfer, Modelling, and Design Analysis: The Objective of Heat Transfer,
Conduction: Steady Conduction, Unsteady Conduction, Convection: External Forced
Convection, Internal Forced Convection, Natural Convection, Condensation, Boiling,
Radiation: Blackbody Radiation, Geometric View factors, Diffuse-Gray Surface Model, Two-
Surface Enclosures, Enclosures with More Than Two Surfaces, Gray Medium Surrounded by
Two Diffuse-Gray Surfaces. (7)
Unit 5
Applications with Heat and Fluid Flow: Thermal Insulation, Fins: Known Fin Width,
Known Fin Thickness, Electronic Packages: Natural Convection Cooling, Forced Convection
Cooling, Cooling of a Heat-Generating Board Inside a Parallel-Plate Channel. (6)
Unit 6
Applications with Thermodynamics and Heat and Fluid Flow: Heat Exchangers, The
trade-off Between Thermal and Fluid Flow Irreversibility’s: Local Rate of Entropy
Generation, Internal Flows, External Flows, Nearly Ideal Balanced Counter flow Heat
Exchangers, Unbalanced Heat Exchangers, Air Preheated Preliminary Design: Shell-and-Tube
Counter flow Heat Exchanger, Plate-Fin Cross flow Heat Exchanger, Additional Applications:
Refrigeration, Power Generation, Exergy Storage by Sensible Heating, Concluding Comment.
(7)
1. Thermal Design and Optimization – by Adrian Bejan – John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics - by Adrian Bejan – John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3. Heat Transfer – by J.P Holman
4. Air Conditioning Engineering – by W.P. Jones – Butterwouth
5. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning – by Mc Quistion, Parker & Spitler – John
Wiley Publishing Co.

PEC-ME-725/21 METALLURGY (PEC-IV)

Pre- Requisite: Materials Engineering

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to provide students a deep insight of various metallurgical
phenomena alongwith the properties of different engineering materials and characterisation
techniques.
Course out Comes (COs): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1: Understand the fundamentals of solidification process and grain growth
CO 2: Describe Diffusion in solids and elements of grain boundaries
CO 3: Explain Precipitation in metallic alloys
CO 4: Discuss the properties and application of various engineering materials
CO 5: Analyze materials using metallography and characterization techniques
Unit 1
Solidification of Metals: The liquid phase, nucleation, crystal growth from the liquid
phase,the heats of fusion and vaporization, the nature of the liquid-solid interface,continuous
growth, lateral growth, stable interface freezing, dendritic growth in pure metals, freezing in
alloys with planar interface, the Scheilequation. (6)
Unit 2
Diffusion in solids: Introduction to diffusion in solids, Fick’s 1st and 2nd law, diffusion
mechanisms, steady-state diffusion, nonsteady-state diffusion, factors that influence diffusion.
Elements of Grain Boundaries:Grain boundaries, types of grain boundaries, the five degrees
of freedom of a grain boundary, boundaries between crystals of different phases, the grain
size, the effect of grain boundaries on mechanical properties, Hall-Petch relation.(8)
Unit 3
Precipitation hardening in alloys:Introduction and significance of the solvus curve, solution
and aging treatments, development of precipitates, aging and precipitation sequences of
binary and ternary aluminium alloys, homogeneous versus heterogeneous nucleation of
precipitates, interphase precipitation, theories of hardening, additional factors in precipitation
hardening (6)

Unit 4
Conventional and advanced Engineering Materials: Alloying of steel, properties of
stainless steel and tool steels, maraging steels, copper and copper alloys, cupronickel,
aluminium and its alloys, nickel based superalloys and titanium alloys, graphene, carbon
nanotubes (CNT), buckminsterfullerene (C60), introduction to smart materials and their
applications. (10)
Unit 5
Metallography and Characterization Techniques:Introduction, metallurgical microscope,
preparation of specimen, micro and macro examination, the Bragg law, Laue techniques, the
rotating-crystalmethod,the Debye-Scherrer or powder method, the x-raydiffractometer (XRD),
scanning electron microscope (SEM) and its working principle, transmission electron
microscope (TEM) and its working principle. (10)

1. Material Science and Engineering-An Introduction: Callister, W.D., John Wiley & Sons,
Delhi
2. Physical Metallurgy Principles- by Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian and Robert E. Reed-Hill
- Cengage Learning
3. Engineering Materials: Kenneth G. Budinski, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
4. Engineering Metallurgy (Part I: Applied Physical Metallurgy): Raymond A. Higgins, Arnold
Publishers
5. Physical Metallurgy, 4th ed. Vol.1:Robert W. Cahn, Peter Haasen, North-Holland
Publishers
6. Physical Methods for Materials Characterisation: P E J Flewitt, R K Wild, Institute of
Physics Publishing
Weblinks:

PEC-ME-726/21 COMPOSITE MATERIALS (PEC-IV)

Pre- Requisite: Materials Engineering
Successive: Manufacturing Technology
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide the students an understanding of composite materials
along with their processing methods and mechanical behavior.
CO 1-Classify composite materials and describe their mechanical behavior.
CO 2-Describe manufacturing techniques of composite materials.
CO 3-Determine stresses in composite laminates based on various theories of failures.
CO 4-Analyze the laminated plates under different application conditions.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Definition and applications of composite materials: Fibers- glass, carbon, ceramic and
aramid fibers; Matrices- polymer, graphite, ceramic and metal matrices; characteristics of
fibers and matrices. Lamina- assumptions, macroscopic viewpoint, generalized Hooke;s law,
reduction of homogeneous orthotropic lamina, isotropic limit case, orthotropic stiffness
matrix, commercial material properties, rule of mixtures, transformation matrix, transformed
stiffness. (10)
Unit 2
Manufacturing of composite materials: bag moulding, compression moulding, pultrusion,

filament welding, other manufacturing processes. (10)
Unit 3
Basic assumptions of laminated anisotropic plates, symmetric laminates, angle ply laminates,
cross ply laminates, laminate structural moduli, evaluation of lamina properties, determination
of lamina stresses, maximum stress and strain criteria, von Mises Yield criterion for isotropic
materials, generalized Hill’s criterion for anisotropic materials, Tsai- Hill’s criterion for
composites, prediction of laminate failure, thermal analysis of composite laminates. (10)

Unit 4
Analysis of laminated plates: equilibrium equations of motion, energy formulation, static

bending analysis, buckling analysis, free vibrations, natural frequencies. (10)

1. Gibson R.F. Principles of Composite Material Mechanics, second edition, McGraw Hill,
1994.
2. Hyer M.W., Stress Analysis of Fiber- Reinforced Composite Materials, McGraw Hill, 1998.
Web Links:

1. https://youtu.be/PzdCymgyZ6c Basics of Composite Materials
2. https://youtu.be/qloBacY7MRw Stress and Strain Transformations
3. https://youtu.be/XRxDpK5-GgY Quasi- Isotropic Laminates
4. https://youtu.be/TWyJmrueMew Governing Equations for Composite Plates
5. https://youtu.be/2LPapFKRxTI Thermal Effects in Composite Laminates
6. https://youtu.be/ko-bxZkxOX0 Buckling of Composite Plates

PEC-ME-727/21 MODELING SIMULATION AND OPTIMIZATION (PEC-IV)

Duration of Exam:3 Hours
Pre- Requisite: Operation Research
Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the use of design techniques for
optimization.
CO 1- Describe design optimization using simulation.
CO 2- Illustrate different approaches for optimization.
CO 3- Learn different optimization techniques.
CO 4- Apply optimization techniques in mechanical design.
CO5- Describe applications of optimization with respect to functionality; Asthetics,
Economics & materials.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Simulation models, purpose of simulation, advantages and disadvantages,

simulation issues, Problem formulation: formal problem statement, orientation, project
objectives, simulation project manager functions, developing simulation project plan, Gantt
chart, introduction to project management softwares, System classification: chart basics, high
level flow chart, data to be included in the model, output data and summary. (5)
Unit 2
Data collection and analysis: Introduction, data sources and collection, data types, input data
distribution, analyzing input data, software usage for data fitting, model translation: simulation
program selection, model translation section content, model verification: divide and conquer
approach, animation, simulation clock advancing, writing output files, model verification:
need and types, face and statistical validity, validation data analysis process (8)
Unit 3
Experimental design and analysis: Introduction, factors and levels, N- factors factor
experimental designs, 2k experimental designs, refining the experimental alternatives,

terminating and non-terminating system analysis, written report guidelines, presentation
guidelines, presentation media, electronic presentation software issues. (6)
Unit 4
Training simulators and case studies: Introduction, simulation process planning, modeling,
verification and implementation, introduction to ARENA, AutoMod, AutoStat, SIMPAK, case
studies (8)
Unit 5
Optimization techniques: Introduction to optimization, steps of design optimization, classical

methods of optimization, non-conventional design optimization techniques like genetic
algorithms, simulated annealing and other techniques. (6)
Unit 6
Optimization Techniques Applications: Mechanical system design optimization techniques,

optimal selection of materials and processes, human safety and professional ethics, aesthetics
and ergonomics in design optimization, advances in design optimization, case studies (7)

1. H. Adeli. Advances in Design Optimization.
2. Simulation modelling handbook: Christopher A. Chung, CRC Press
3. S.S.Rao, Optimization: Theory & Application Wiley Eastern
4. K. Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design, Prentice Hall India
5. J.S.Arora, Introduction to Optimum Design, McGraw Hill
Web Links:

1. https://youtu.be/xOf95A5Sk94 Design Prototyping
2. https://youtu.be/rnVf5mbTNa8 Generic Phases of Design
3. https://youtu.be/iRbMIt1LBaw Configurational Design Aspects
4. https://youtu.be/0tfCRqrcl7s Concurrent Engineering Approaches
5. https://youtu.be/hI0NXPKuPnM Product Development Methodology
6. https://youtu.be/enDpEQGwtq8 Materials Selection In Engineering
Design- I
7. https://youtu.be/1xBWM0OhGh4 Materials Selection In Engineering
Design- II
8. https://youtu.be/NppPm4efsA8 Basic Steps in the Material Selection
Process

PEC-ME-741/21 MARKETING MANAGEMENT (PEC-V)

300 3 Total: 100 Marks
Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the basics of marketing
management.
CO1- Describe the role of marketing management in industries.
CO2- Understand role of marketing strategies.
CO3- Recognize the role of consumer behaviour.

CO4- Illustrate the various aspects of managing a product.
CO5- Demonstrate the administration of marketing programmes.
CO6- Conceptualize digital marketing in modern era.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to Marketing Management: genesis of marketing concept; Needs, wants,

demand, segmentation, brands, marketing channels, Environment of Marketing- Economic
Environment, Socio cultural environment. Legal Environment. (7)
Unit 2
Marketing Strategy: Marketing and customer value, planning, marketing organisations, the
concept of marketing mix, forecasting. (5)
Unit 3
Consumer Behaviour: Meaning, Definition, Variables and Factors affecting Consumer

Behaviour. Buying Motives: Meaning, Kinds, Chief Buying Motives, Different Types of
Consumers, Behaviour and Customer Service. (8)

Unit 4
Product Management: Product policy; the concept of product life cycle. New product
decisions. Test marketing- Pricing Management of distribution: channels of distribution,
Brand of produc.t (8)
Unit 5
Implementation and Control: Administration of the marketing programme, Advertising and

production, managing retailing, wholesaling and logistics, control of marketing effort;
marketing audit, sales analysis. (8)
Unit 6
Managing Digital Communication: Online marketing, advantage disadvantage, Managing

personal communication. (6)
1. Enis, B.M. Marketing Classics: A Selection of Influential Articles, New York, McGraw
Hill.
2. Kotler, Philip and Armstrong, G. Principles of Marketing. New Delhi, Prentice Hall of
India.
3. Kotler, Philip. Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning, Implementation and Control,
New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India.
4. Ramaswamy, VS and Namakumari, S. Marketing Management: Planning, Control, New
Delhi, MacMillan.
5. Stanton, William, J. Fundamentals of Marketing. New York, McGraw Hill.
6. Neelamegham, S. Marketing in India: Cases and Readings. New Delhi, Vikas.
Web Links:

1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104068/ Marketing, Marketing
concept, marketing strategy,
marketing mix, Market
segmentation, test marketing,
consumer buyer, socio
cultural environment
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107217/ Product policy, Product life
cycle, New Product decision
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bH94eTQLs5g Sales forecasting
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7Hphv79OZJY Qualitative method
5 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKXJ5Cj5QT4 Quantitative method
6 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LU-5iDyyqVI Quantitative method
7 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N1_IpX9zZFo Marketing Audit

PEC-ME-742/21 PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION (PEC-V)

Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to introduce process planning concepts to make cost estimation
for various products .At the end of course, the students will be able to:
CO1- Understand the basic concepts of process planning.
CO2- Gain knowledge about the various activities involved in process planning.
CO3- Evaluate about the cost estimation and its procedure
CO4- Understand the machining time of different machines
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction of Process Planning- methods of process planning, , material evaluation, steps in

process selection, production equipment and tooling selection. (8)
Unit 2
Process planning activities- process parameter calculation for various production processes,
selection of jigs and fixtures, selection of quality assurance methods, documents for process
planning. (8)
Unit 3
Introduction to cost estimation importance of costing and estimation, methods of costing,

elements of cost estimation, types of estimates. (7)
Unit 4
Estimating procedure, estimation of labor cost, material cost, allocation of overhead charges,
calculation of depreciation cost, cost of conversion. (10)
Unit 5
Calculation of machining time for different machines such as lathe, drilling, Milling, shaping
, grinding. (8)

Unit 6
Estimation of forging cost, estimation of welding cost, estimation of foundry cost, estimation
of machining cost. (8)
1. Process Planning, Design/ Manufacture Interface, by Peter Scalon, Elsevier publication,
2. Manufacturing Processes and Systems, by Ostwaal , John Wiley , Publication
3. Product Design and Manufacturing, by R.C Gupta, Prentice Hall Publication
Website link
S.N Website link Content covered

1 https://easyengineering.net/process-planning-and- UNIT 1,2,3
cost-estimation-by-jayakumar/
2 "https://www.youtube.com/embed/ddvMPpJnwTM" Unit 4
3 "https://www.youtube.com/embed/xLFSKrDcZ40" Unit 5,6

PEC-ME-743/21 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (PEC-V)


Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand the concept of quality management and process/
quality improvement techniques.
CO 1- Understand various aspects of Quality Management and Quality Assurance .
CO 2- Utilize various process quality improvement tools.
CO 3- Analyze quality related problems and develop suitable control charts for its remedy.
CO 4- Apply sampling method to check the quality of a product lot.
CO 5- Understand contemporary trends in Quality Engineering & Management.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Evolution of Quality Management, Concepts of Product and Service Quality,

Quality Guru’s, Quality Awards, Quality Cost. (8)
Unit 2
Quality Assurance: Inspection, Quality control, Quality assurance, Concept and Advantage
of quality assurance, Quality rating, Quality survey/audit, Vendor rating, Quality function
deployment, cost of poor quality, companywide quality control. (6)
Unit 3
Process Quality Improvement: Introduction to process quality, Graphical and statistical

techniques for process quality improvement, Graphical tools for data representation, 7QC
tools, Process capability analysis. (6)

Unit 4
Acceptance Sampling: Concept of acceptance sampling, advantage and limitations of

sampling inspection, Industrial uses of acceptance sampling, OC curve, producer and
consumer risk, Quality indices for acceptance sampling plans, Average outgoing quality limit,
sampling plans. (8)
Unit 5
Control Charts: Chance and assignable causes of process variation, statistical basis of the
control chart, control charts for variables - x̅ and R charts, attribute control charts - p, np, c and
u- Construction and application. (8)
Unit 6
Contemporary Trends in Quality Engineering & Management: Introduction to Quality

Management Standards – ISO 9000, ISO 14001, Six sigma (introduction, basic steps
involved), Introduction to Japanese’s quality techniques such as 5S, Kaizen, TQM, TPM,
KANBAN, Gemba. (8)

1. Quality Management by Kanishka Bedi, Pearson Education.
2. Statistical Quality control by Grant and Leavenworth, Tata Mcgraw Hill.
3. Quality Assurance and Total Quality Management (ISO 9000, QS 9000 ISO 14000) by K C
Jain and A K Chitale, Khanna Publishers.
4. Total Quality Management by Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen H.

Besterfield and Mary Besterfield-Sacre, Pearson Educaiton.
5. Statistical Quality Control by M. Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd.
Web Links:
1 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Quality
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Quality Assurance
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ 7QC tools
4 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Acceptance Sampling
5 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Control Charts
6 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104080/ Six Sigma

PEC-ME-744/21 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING (PEC-V)

Pre- Requisite: Applied Thermodynamics

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to provide an overview of power plants and the associated energy
conversion processes.
CO1- Describe the essentials of the power plant.
CO 2- Explain the thermal power plants.
CO 3-Describe the renewable energy based power plants.
CO 4-Analyze the economical and environmental issues related with the power plants.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Different types of power plants, Thermodynamics related to power plants, different
types of fuels related to power plants, Availability based tarrif (ABT), boiler safety act,
comparative study of different types of power plants. (04)
Unit 2
Coal Based Power Plants:
Coal based thermal power plants, basic Rankine cycle and its modifications, layout of
modern coal power plant, super critical boilers, FBC boilers, Pinch point analysis,
Wilson line, subsystems of coal based power plants,
Steam turbines, condensers, steamandheating rates, fuel and ash handling, electro-static
precipitator
(ESP), draught system,feed water treatment, binary cycles and cogeneration systems. (08)
Unit 3
Gas turbine and Combined Cycle Power Plants:
Gas turbine based combined cycle power plants, Brayton cycle analysis and optimization,
components of gas turbine power plants, heat recovery steam generator (HRSG), Coal gasification,
Integrated Gasifier based Combined Cycle (IGCC) systems. (06)

Unit 4
Nuclear Power Plant:
Basics of nuclear energy conversion, Layout and subsystems of nuclear power plants, Boiling
Water Reactor (BWR), Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR), CANDU Reactor, Pressurized
Heavy Water Reactor (PHWR), Fast Breeder Reactors (FBR), gas cooled and liquid metal
cooled reactors, safety measures for nuclear power plants.(06)
Unit 5
Renewable Energy:
Hydroelectric power plants, classification, typical layout and components, principles of wind,
tidal, solar PV and solar thermal, geothermal, biogas and fuel cell power systems.(06)
Unit 6
Power Plant Analysis:
Energy, economic and environmental issues, power tariffs, load distribution parameters, load
curve, capital and operating cost of different power plants, pollution control technologies
including waste disposal options for coal and nuclear plants.(06)

1. Nag P.K., Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. El Wakil M.M., Power Plant Technology, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Elliot T.C., Chen K and Swanekamp R.C., Power Plant Engineering, McGraw Hill.

PEC-ME-745/21 ENERGY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT (PEC-V)

Pre- Requisite: Applied Thermodynamics

Successive: Nil
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand and carry out energy audit for energy savings.
Course Outcomes (COs) : At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
CO 1- Understand energy & power scenario of world.
CO 2-Gain knowledge of how components of EB billing, HT and LT supply.
CO 3- Understand the basics of thermal systems.
CO 4-Analyze the thermal systems and its different components.
CO 5- Understanding Energy Economics.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction:
Introduction to energy & power scenario of world, National Energy consumption data,
environmental aspects associated with energy utilization; Energy Auditing- need, types,
methodology and barriers, role of energy managers, instruments of energy auditing. (10)
Unit 2
Components of energy systems:
Components of EB billing, HT and LT supply, transformers, cable sizing; Concept of
capacitors, power factor improvement, harmonics; Electric motors- motor efficiency
computation, energy efficient motors; Illumination- Lux, Lumens, types of lighting, efficacy,
LED lighting and scope of energy conservation in lighting. (10)
Unit 3
Power plant efficiency improvement:
Efficiency improvement of thermal systems, methods to improve efficiency of different components
of thermal systems such as Boilers, Furnaces. Steam distribution and usage in power plants,steam
traps, condensaterecovery, flash steam utilization; Insulation & Refractories for energy conservation.
(8)

Unit 4
RAC efficiency improvement:Analysis of different components of RAC systems e.g. pumps, fans,
blowers, compressors, condensers evaporators, Cooling Towers. VRF and VRV air conditioning,
chillers. (6)
Unit 5
Energy Economics and green building: Discount period, payback period, internal rate of return, net
present value, Life Cycle costing- ESCO concept.Green building concept, energy conservation in
green building, pay-back period analysis of green buildings. (6)

1. Witte L.C. , Schmidt P.S. and Brown D.R., Industrial Energy Management and Utilization,
Hemisphere Publ., Washington, 1988..
2. Callaghn P.W., Design and Management for Energy Conservation, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, 1981.
3. Murphy W.R. and McKay G., Energy Management, Butterworths, London, 1987.
4. Energy Manager Training Manual , Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) under Ministry of
Power, GOI, 2004 (available at www.energymanager training.com).
Web Links:

1 www.energymanager training.com Unit 1
2 http://www.nptel.ac.in Unit 3, Unit 4

PEC-ME-746/21 MICRO AND NANO MANUFACTURING (PEC-V)

Pre- Requisite: Material Science, Physics
Successive: None
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the processes and techniques of
micro and nano manufacturing.
CO 1- Understand the synthesis and processing at micro and nano scale.
CO 2- Describe the micro-manufacturing techniques and related instrumentation.
CO 3 Discuss the nanofabrication techniques and nanomaterials.
CO 4 Distinguish between various non‐conventional micro‐nano manufacturing
processes.
CO 5- Classify methods for surface and structural characterization of materials.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Importance of Nano-technology, Emergence of Nanotechnology, Bottom-up
and Top-down approaches, challenges in Nanotechnology.
Nano materials Synthesis and Processing: Methods for creating Nanostructures; Processes for
producing ultrafine powders- Mechanical grinding; Wet Chemical Synthesis of nanomaterials-
solgel process, Liquid solid reactions; Gas Phase synthesis of nanomaterials- Furnace, Flame
assisted ultrasonic spray pyrolysis; Gas Condensation Processing(GPC), Chemical Vapour
Condensation(CVC)- Cold Plasma Methods, Laser ablation, Vapour – liquid –solid growth,
particle precipitation aided CVD, summary of Gas Condensation Processing (GPC). (7)
Unit 2
Micro-manufacturing Techniques:Introduction to micromachining, Micro drilling – process,
tools and applications Micro turning- process, tools and applications, Diamond Micro turning
– process, tools and applications Micro milling and Micro grinding – process, tools and
applications Micro extrusion- process and applications Nano- Plastic forming, Laser

technology in micro manufacturing- Practical Lasers, application of technology fundamentals,
Bulk Micromachining, Surface Micromachining, High- Aspect-Ratio Micromachining. Micro
instrumentation – applications. (7)
Unit 3
Nanofabrication Techniques: Introduction to Nanofabrication, Nanofabrication using soft
lithography – principle, applications – Examples (Field Effect Transistor, Elastic Stamp)
Introduction to Carbon nano-materials – CN Tubes CN Tubes – properties and applications
CN Tube Transistors – Description only CVD Diamond Technology, LIGA Process, Nano-
finishing operations. (6)
Unit 4
Introduction to Non‐conventional micro‐nano manufacturing Processes: principle and
applications – Abrasive Jet Micro Machining, WAJMM Micro EDM, Micro WEDM, Micro
EBM – Process principle, description and applications Micro ECM, Micro LBM - Process
principle, description and applications Focused ion beams - Principle and applications. (7)
Unit 5
Structural Characterization: X-ray diffraction, Small angle X-ray Scattering, Optical

Microscope and their description, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Scanning Probe
Microscopy (SPM), TEM and EDAX analysis, Scanning Tunneling Microscopy (STM),
Atomic force Microscopy (AFM).
Spectroscopic characterizations: Basic concepts of spectroscopy, operational principle and

application for analysis of nanomaterials, UV-VIS-IR Spectrophotometers, Principle of
operation and application for band gap measurement, Raman spectroscopy. (8)
Unit 6
Surface Characterization: X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS), Auger electron
spectroscopy, Low Energy Ion Scattering Spectroscopy (LEISS), Secondary Ion Mass
Spectroscopy (SIMS), Rutherford Backscattering Spectroscopy (RBS).
Thermal Characterization of Nanomaterials: DTA, TGA, DSC (Principle and Applications),
Determination of thermo-physical parameters. (5)
Recommended/Reference Books:
1. Mark James Jackson, Microfabrication and Nanomanufacturing, CRC Press.

2. Gabor L. Hornyak, H.F Tibbals, Joydeep Dutta & John J Moore, Introduction to
Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, CRC Press.
3. V.K.Jain, Micro-manufacturing Processes, CRC Press,
4. Ray F. Egerton , Physical Principles of Electron Microscopy: An Introduction to TEM,
SEM, and AEM , Springer.
5. Robert F Speyer, Thermal Analysis of Materials, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York.
6. B.D. Cullity - Elements of X-Ray Diffraction, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall.

PEC-ME-747/21 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (PEC- V)

Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of

Engineering Problems and to appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems.
Course Outcomes (COs): After completing this course, the students will be able to:
CO 1- Uunderstand Different mathematical Techniques used in FEM analysis use of them in

Structural and thermal problems.
CO2- Analyze one dimensional problems in FEM.
CO3- Formulate and solve two dimensional scalar and vector variable problems.
CO4- Formulate Isoparametric problems.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction: Historical Background – Mathematical Modeling of field problems in

Engineering – Governing Equations – Discrete and continuous models – Boundary, Initial and
Eigen Value problems– Weighted Residual Methods – Variational Formulation of Boundary
Value Problems – RitzTechnique – Basic concepts of the Finite Element Method.
Unit 2
One-Dimensional Problems: One Dimensional Second Order Equations – Discretization –

Element types- Linear and Higher order Elements – Derivation of Shape functions and
Stiffness matrices and force vectors- Assembly of Matrices - Solution of problems from solid
mechanics and heat transfer. Longitudinal vibration frequencies and mode shapes. Fourth
Order Beam Equation –Transverse deflections and Natural frequencies of beams.
Unit 3
Two Dimensional Scalar Variable Problems: Second Order 2D Equations involving Scalar
Variable Functions – Variational formulation – Finite Element formulation – Triangular
elements – Shape functions and element matrices and vectors. Application to Field Problems -
Thermal problems – Torsion of Non circular shafts –Quadrilateral elements – Higher Order
Elements.

Unit 4
Two Dimensional Vector Variable Problems: Equations of elasticity – Plane stress, plane
strain and axisymmetric problems – Body forces and temperature effects – Stress calculations
- Plate and shell elements.
Unit 5
Isoparametric Formulation: Natural co-ordinate systems – Isoparametric elements – Shape

functions for iso parametric elements – One and two dimensions – Serendipity elements –
Numerical integration and application to plane stress problems - Matrix solution techniques –
Solutions Techniques to Dynamic problems – Introduction to Analysis Software.
1. Reddy. J.N., “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, Tata McGrawHill,
2. Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, www.padeepz.net www.padeepz.net
3. Rao, S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 3rd Edition, Butterworth
Heinemann
4. Logan, D.L., “A first course in Finite Element Method”, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
5. Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkus, Michael E. Plesha, Robert J. Witt, “Concepts and
Applications of Finite Element Analysis, Wiley Student Edition.
6. Chandrupatla&Belagundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Edition,
Prentice Hall College Div.
7. Bhatti Asghar M, "Fundamental Finite Element Analysis and Applications", John
Wiley & Sons,

Web Links:

1. https://youtu.be/UOp6JEiJctA Introduction to Finite Element Analysis
2. https://youtu.be/0VNIEfX0m4A Nodes, Elements and Shape Functions
3. https://youtu.be/pB9DqY1bYtk Errors in FEA, Overall FEA Process
4. https://youtu.be/W4wIJfRPR5U Functionals used in FEA
5. https://youtu.be/rFztdZ7-b2M Rayleigh- Ritz Method
6. https://youtu.be/IokLU-L6Al4 1-D Heat Conduction

OPEN ELECTIVES COURSES
OFFERED BY
OTHER DEPARTMENTS

COURSES OFFERED BY COMPUTER ENGINEERING AND
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT
(OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES-1) (OEC-1)
OEC-ME- 501 INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

Course Objectives:
To understand the principles of intelligent
systems and application to the functioning of an Organization.
CO1- To understand of Principle of Intelligent Systems
CO 2- Understanding of Knowledge Presentation
CO 3- Familiarisation of risk in uncertainty.
CO 4- To know Controlling strategies.
Unit 1
Fundamental Issues in IS : Definition of AI , History ,Domains AI ,AI problems & State

space, Some examples problems representations like Travelling Salespersons, Syntax analysis
Problem. Basic issues to solve AI problems, Underlying assumptions, AI techniques, Level of
model ,Criteria for success , Control strategies, DFS, BFS
Unit 2
Heuristic Search Techniques: Generate & Test, Hill Climbing (simple &stipest), Best first
search, A*, AO*, Constraint Satisfaction.
Unit 3
Knowledge Representation Issues: Syntax & Semantic for Propositional logic, Syntax &
Semantic for FOPL, Properties for WFF’s, Resolution Basics : conversion to clausal form,
Resolution of proposition logic, Resolution algorithms for predicates, Problems with FOPL
,Semantic nets ,Frames ,Scripts
Unit 4

Reasoning Under Uncertainty: An introduction, Default reasoning & Closed world
assumptions, Model & Temporal logic ,Fuzzy logic, Basian Probabilistic inference Dempster
Shafer theory ,Heuristic reasoning methods
Unit 5
Planning & Learning : Planning, Planning in Situational calculus ,Representation for

planning ,Partial order palnning, Partial order palnning algorithm, Learning by Examples,
Learning by Analogy, Explanation based learning, Neurals nets, Genetics algorithms
Unit 6
Minimax: Game playing strategy, Natural language processing ,Overview of linguistics,

Grammer & Language, Transformation Grammer, Basic Parsing Techniques, Expert System,
Architecture of Rule based Expert system ,Non Rule based Expert system.
1. Artificial Intelligence by Elain Rich & Kevin Knight, Tata McGraw Hills Pub.
2. Principals of AI by Nills .J.Nilsson, Pearson Education Pub.
3. Artificial Intelligence by DAN. W.Petterson. Printice Hall of India
4. Artificial Intelligence by Petrick Henry Winston,
5. Artificial Intelligence by Russel and Norvig, Pearson Education Pub.

OEC-ME-502 CYBER LAWS AND SECURITY

Course Objectives:
To understand the principles of Cyber Laws and
Security and application to the functioning of an Organization
Course Outcomes: (Cos) ;At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. To understand of Principle of Information Systems
2. Understanding of Knowledge Security Threats
3. Familiarisation of Model of Cryptographic Systems
4. To know Security metrics
UNIT IHistory of Information Systems and its Importance, basics, Changing Nature of
Information Systems, Need of Distributed Information Systems, Role of Internet and
Web Services, Information System Threats and attacks, Classification of Threats and
Assessing Damages Security in Mobile and Wireless Computing- Security Challenges
in Mobile Devices, authentication Service Security, Security Implication for
organizations, Laptops Security Basic Principles of Information Security,
Confidentiality, Integrity Availability and other terms in Information Security,
Information Classification and their Roles.
UNIT II Security Threats to E Commerce, Virtual Organization, Business Transactions on

Web, E Governance and EDI, Concepts in Electronics payment systems, E Cash,
Credit/Debit Cards. Physical Security- Needs, Disaster and Controls, Basic Tenets of
Physical Security and Physical Entry Controls, Access Control- Biometrics, Factors in
Biometrics Systems, Benefits, Criteria for selection of biometrics, Design Issues in
Biometric Systems, Interoperability Issues, Economic and Social Aspects, Legal
Challenges
UNIT III Model of Cryptographic Systems, Issues in Documents Security, System of Keys,
Public Key Cryptography, Digital Signature, Requirement of Digital Signature
System, Finger Prints, Firewalls, Design and Implementation Issues, Policies
Network Security- Basic Concepts, Dimensions, Perimeter for Network
Protection, Network Attacks, Need of Intrusion Monitoring and Detection, Intrusion
Detection Virtual Private Networks- Need, Use of Tunneling with VPN,

Authentication Mechanisms, Types of VPNs and their Usage, Security Concerns in
VPN
UNIT IV Security metrics- Classification and their benefits Information Security & Law,
IPR, Patent Law, Copyright Law, Legal Issues in Data mIning Security, Building
Security into Software Life Cycle Ethics- Ethical Issues, Issues in Data and
Software Privacy Cyber Crime Types & overview of Cyber Crimes
References:
1. Godbole,“ Information Systems Security”, Willey
2. Merkov, Breithaupt, “ Information Security”, Pearson Education
3. Yadav, “Foundations of Information Technology”, New Age, Delhi
4. Schou, Shoemaker, “ Information Assurance for the Enterprise”, Tata McGraw Hill
5. Sood,“Cyber Laws Simplified”, Mc Graw Hill
6. Furnell, “Computer Insecurity”, Springer 7. IT Act 2000

OEC-ME-503 SOFT COMPUTING

Course Objectives:
To understand the principles of Soft Computing
Security and application to the functioning of an Organization
Course Outcomes: (Cos): At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Understand of Principle of I Neural Networks
2. Understand of Fuzzy Sets
3. Familiarise of Model of Operations on Fuzzy Sets
4. know Fuzzy Logic:
UNIT I Neural Networks: History, overview of biological Neuro-system, Mathematical

Models of Neurons, ANN architecture, Learning rules, Learning Paradigms-
Supervised, Unsupervised and reinforcement Learning, ANN training Algorithms-
perceptions, Training rules, Delta, Back Propagation Algorithm, Multilayer
Perception Model, Hopfield Networks, Associative Memories, Applications of
Artificial Neural Networks.
UNIT II Fuzzy Logic: Introduction to Fuzzy Logic, Classical and Fuzzy Sets: Overview of
Classical Sets, Membership Function, Fuzzy rule generation.
UNIT III Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Compliment, Intersections, Unions, Combinations of

Operations, Aggregation Operations.
UNIT IV Fuzzy Arithmetic: Fuzzy Numbers, Linguistic Variables, Arithmetic Operations

on Intervals & Numbers, Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers, Fuzzy Equations.
UNIT V Fuzzy Logic: Classical Logic, Multivalued Logics, Fuzzy Propositions, Fuzzy
Qualifiers, Linguistic Hedges. Uncertainty based Information: Information &
Uncertainty, Nonspecificity of Fuzzy & Crisp Sets, Fuzziness of Fuzzy Sets. Genetic
Algorithms, Scope & application areas, solution of 0-1Knapsack problem using GA

References:
1. “Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and applications”,G.J. Klir,B.Yuan, PHI
2. “Introduction to Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic”, M.Ganesh , PHI
3. “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”, D Driankov, H Hellendoorn, M Reinfrank,
Narosa Publishing Company
4. “Neural Networks: A classroom approach”, Satish Kumar , Tata McGraw Hill
5. Haykin S., “Neural Networks-A Comprehensive Foundations”, Prentice-Hall
International, New Jersey, 1999.

OEC-ME-504 WEB TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL

Course Objectives:
To understand the principles of Web Technology And Information Retrieval
Course Outcomes: (Cos) : At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1.Understandof Principle of I Neural Networks
2. Understanding of Web Search Basics
3. Familiarise of Web Crawlers
4. know Information Retrieval
5 understand Index Construction
UNIT I Web Server Technology: Web’s Robot global access to information, HTML, HTTP,
Accessing a web server, publishing on web server, secure HTTP, Secure
Sockets Layer, WWW Proxies, IIS, Case study of apache web server.
UNIT II Web Search Basics: Background and history, Anatomy of WWW, Web
characteristics, Spam, The web graph, The Web Search Users, search engines,
architecture of search engines, search tools, DNS resolution, The URL frontier,
Link analysis, Page Rank.
UNIT III Web Crawlers: Basics of Web crawling, Various crawling techniques, incremental
crawler, parallel crawler, distributed crawlers, focused crawler, agent based crawler,
Hidden web Crawler
UNIT IV Introduction to Information Retrieval: Information retrieval problem, an inverted

index, Processing Boolean queries, The extended Boolean model versus
ranked retrieval, an inverted index, Bi-word indexes, Positional indexes,
Combination schemes
UNIT V Index Construction: Hardware basics, Blocked sort-based indexing, Single-pass

in-memory indexing, Distributed indexing, Dynamic indexing, Other types of
indexes Index compression: Statistical properties of terms in information retrieval,
Heaps’ law: Estimating the number of terms, Zipf’s law: Modeling the
distribution of terms, Dictionary compression, Dictionary as a string, Blocked
storage, Postings file compression.

OEC-ME-505 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Course Objectives:
To understand the principles of intellectual property rights.
Course Outcomes: (Cos) : At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Explore Principle of Intellectual Property
2. Expedite Introduction to Patents
3. Familiarise of Compulsory License
4. Know Infringement
UNIT I Introduction to Intellectual Property: Concept of Intellectual Property, Kinds of

Intellectual Property, Economic Importance of Intellectual Property, Indian Theory
on Private Property: Constitutional Aspects of Property, Constitutional Protection
of Property and Intellectual Property, Economic Development and Intellectual
Property Rights Protection
UNIT II Introduction to Patents: Overview, Historical Development, Concepts: Novelty,

Utility, Patentable Subject-matter: Patent Act, 1970- Amendments of 1999, 2000,
2002 and 2005, Pharmaceutical Products and Process and Patent , Protection,
Software Patents, Business Method, Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers’ Rights
Act, 2001, Patenting of Micro-organism
UNIT III Procedure of Obtaining of Patents: Concepts of a Patent Application,,

Specification: Provisional, Complete, Disclosure Aspects, Claims: Principal,
Dependant, Omnibus, Examination of Application, Opposition of Application,
Sealing of Patents
UNIT IV Working of Patents – Compulsory License: Commercialization of Inventions:

License- Terms of License Agreement, Assignments of Patents, Revocation of
Patents

UNIT V Infringement: What is Infringement?, How is Infringement determined? Who is an
Infringer? Direct, Contributory and Induced, Defences of Infringement:
5.2.1 Research Exemption, Invalidity, Misuse, Failure to mark, Laches and Estoppel
and first sale doctrine
References:
1. W.R. Cornish, Intellectual Property, Sweet & Maxwell, London (2000)
2. P. Narayana, Patent Law, Wadhwa Publication
3. Merges, Patent Law and Policy: Cases and Materials, 1996
4. Brian C. Reid, A Practical Guide to Patent Law, 2nd Edition, 1993
5. Brinkhof (Edited), Patent Cases, Wolters Kluwer.
6. Prof. Willem Hoyng& Frank Eijsvogels, Global Patent Litigation, Strategy and
Practice, Wolters Kluwer.
7. Gregory Stobbs, Software Patents Worldwide, Wolters Kluwer.
8. Feroz Ali Khader, The Law of Patents- With a special focus on Pharmaceuticals in
India, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.
9. Sookman, Computer Law, 1996
10. N.S. Gopalakrishnan& T.G. Agitha, Principles of Intellectual Property (2009). Eastern
Book Company, Lucknow.

COURSES OFFERED BY CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (OPEN
ELECTIVE COURSES-1) ( OEC-1)
OEC-ME-506 BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

UNIT 1: Water: -Sources of Water and quality issues, water quality requirement for different
beneficial uses, Water quality standards, water quality indices, water safety plans,
Water Supply systems, Need for planned water supply schemes, Water demand
industrial and agricultural water requirements, Components of water supply system;
Transmission of water, Distribution system, Various valves used in W/S systems,
service reservoirs and design. Water Treatment: aeration, sedimentation, coagulation
flocculation, filtration, disinfection, advanced treatments like adsorption, ion
exchange, membrane processes
UNIT 2: Sewage- Domestic and Storm water, Quantity of Sewage, Sewage flow variations.
Conveyance of sewage- Sewers, shapes design parameters, operation and
maintenance of sewers, Sewage pumping; Sewerage, Sewer appurtenances, Design of
sewerage systems. Small bore systems, Storm Water- Quantification and design of
Storm water; Sewage and Sullage, Pollution due to improper disposal of sewage,
National River cleaning plans, Wastewater treatment, aerobic and anaerobic
treatment systems, suspended and attached growth systems, recycling of sewage –
quality requirements for various purposes.
UNIT 3: Air - Composition and properties of air, Quantification of air pollutants, Monitoring
of air pollutants, Air pollution- Occupational hazards, Urban air pollution automobile
pollution, Chemistry of combustion, Automobile engines, quality of fuel, operating
conditions and interrelationship. Air quality standards, Control measures for Air
pollution, construction and limitations
UNIT 4: Noise- Basic concept, measurement and various control methods.
UNIT 5: Solid waste management-Municipal solid waste, Composition and various chemical
and physical parameters of MSW, MSW management: Collection, transport,
treatment and disposal of MSW. Special MSW: waste from commercial

establishments and other urban areas, solid waste from construction activities,
biomedical wastes, Effects of solid waste on environment: effects on air, soil, water
surface and ground health hazards. Disposal of solid waste-segregation, reduction at
source, recovery and recycle. Disposal methodsIntegrated solid waste management.
Hazardous waste: Types and nature of hazardous waste as per the HW Schedules of
regulating authorities.
UNIT 6: Building Plumbing-Introduction to various types of home plumbing systems for

water supply and waste water disposal, high rise building plumbing, Pressure
reducing valves, Break pressure tanks, Storage tanks, Building drainage for high rise
buildings, various kinds of fixtures and fittings used.
Text/Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilbert Masters, Prentice Hall,

New Jersey.
2. Introduction to Environmental Engineering by P. Aarne Vesilind, Susan M. Morgan,
Thompson /Brooks/Cole; Second Edition 2008.
3. Peavy, H.s, Rowe, D.R, Tchobanoglous, G. Environmental Engineering, Mc-Graw - Hill
International Editions, New York 1985.
4. MetCalf and Eddy. Wastewater Engineering, Treatment, Disposal and Reuse, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
5. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment. Ministry of Urban Development, New Delhi.
6. Plumbing Engineering. Theory, Design and Practice, S.M. Patil, 1999
7. Integrated Solid Waste Management, Tchobanoglous, Theissen & Vigil. McGraw Hill
Publication
8. Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, Part A, B and C. Central Public
Health and Environmental Engineering Organization, Ministry of Urban Development.

OEC-ME- 507 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

COURSE OUTLINE: Traffic engineering and management is a first level post graduate
course in Transportation Systems Engineering. The course introduces the concepts
of characterizing traffic, various modeling approaches, and design of facilities to
control and manage traffic. The course is designed in a modular fashion so that
each module will introduce the underlying principles, current practice, ample
numerical illustrations, and few case studies of broad areas of the subject. The
modules are sequenced in such a way that the course first introduces simple, but
fundamental characteristics of traffic and move gradually to complex traffic
management concepts. The last module is devoted for advanced and specialized
traffic facilities.Although the major focus of the course is urban vehicular traffic,
some effort is taken to show how these lessons can be applied to other modes as
well. A key feature of the course is that it is well knit with the current design and
analysis practice stipulated in both national and international codes, standards, and
manuals.
UNIT 1: Contents: Traffic stream characteristics; Traffic measurement procedures;

Microscopic traffic flow modeling; Macroscopic and mesoscopic traffic flow
modeling; Uninterrupted flow; Traffic intersection control; and Traffic impact
studies.
UNIT 2: Traffic stream characteristics: Introduction to traffic engineering: Road user

characteristics, human and vehicle characteristics; Fundamental parameters and
relations of traffic flow: speed, density, volume, travel time, headway, spacing,
time-space diagram, time mean speed, space mean speed and their relation,relation
between speeds, flow, density, fundamental diagrams; Traffic stream models:
Greenshield’s model, Greenberg’s logarithmic model, Underwood’s exponential
model, pipe’s generalized model, multi-regime models; Moving observer method:
Concepts and derivation, illustration, Calibration of Greenshild’s model.

UNIT 3: Traffic measurement procedures: Measurement at a point: Traffic volume
measurement, equipment for flow measurements, data analysis, concepts
ofADT,AADT; Measurement over a short section:Speed measurements, 15th and
85th percentile speeds, design speed, speed distributions; Measurement along a
length of road: Density measurement, travel time measurement; Automated traffic
measurement: GPS devices, loop detectors, video analysis, and other technologies.
UNIT 4: Microscopic traffic flow modelling: Car-following models: Concept of stimulus-

response, general mottoes models, safety distance, pscho-physical, optimal
velocity, fuzzy logic models, and applications; Lane changing models: Conceptual
framework, lane selection model, gap acceptance models;model, gap acceptance
models; Vehicle arrival models: Poisson distribution, headway modeling, random
vehicle generation; Microscopic traffic simulation:Vehicle generation, design,
calibration, validation, applications, operational models
UNIT 5: Macroscopic and mesoscopic traffic flow modelling: Traffic flow modeling
analogies: Fluid flow analogy, heat flow analogy, granular flow, Lighthill-
Withams theory, shock waves; Cell transmission models: Flow conservation, flow
transmission; Traffic progression models: Robertson progression model, platoon
movement, dispersion index, applications; Discrete simulation models: Cellular
automata concepts, discretization of time and space,rules for acceleration,
deceleration, randomization, and vehicle updation.
UNIT 6: Uninterrupted flow: Capacity and Level of service LOS: Definitions, highway
capacity, factors affecting LOS, HCM methods; Urban Street: Classification,
operational performance measures, congestion management; Multilane highways:
Characteristics, capacity and level of service; Freeway operations: Operational
considerations, capacity and level of service of a basic freeway segment, weaving
operation; Ramp metering: Merging and diverging areas; gap acceptance, speed at
ramps; fixed, reactive, and predictive systems; Corridor analysis: Segment
capacity, free flow travel time, queue delay, transit corridor.
References:
1. Roess, RP., McShane, WR. and Prassas,ES.(1998), Traffic Engineering,Prentice Hall.
2. May,A. D.(1990), Fundamentals of Traffic Flow,Prentice Hall.
3. Papacostas, C.S.(1987), Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering,Prentice Hall.

4. Kadiyali, LR (1987), Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning,Khanna.
5. Highway Capacity Manual (2000), Transportation Research Board, USA.
6. Khanna,S.K. and Justo, C.E. G.(1991), Highway Engineering, Nemchand.

OEC-ME-508 CONTRACTS MANAGEMENT

Course Objectives: This course will enable students to:
• Understand the various types of contracts

• Understand the use and effect of contracts in construction industry
UNIT 1: Introduction to contracts: Definitions, Essentials for a legally valid contract,
Salient features of contract, Discharging of a contract, Documents for an
Engineering Contract; Types of contracts: Classification Based on − Tendering
Process, Economic Consideration, Applicability of the various types of contracts in
Construction.
UNIT 2: Tendering process: Definitions, List of Documents, EMD, Security Deposit,

Invitation for Tenders and sale of Documents, Preparation of Tender Documents
and its submission, Receipt of Tender Documents and its opening, Evaluation of
Tender and Award of contract – Letter of Award, Letter of Intent, Issues in
tendering process: Pre - Registration, Pre – Qualification, Nominated Tendering,
Rejection of Tenders, Repeat Orders, Revocation of Tenders, Unbalanced Bidding
UNIT 3: Administration/Performance of contract: Responsibilities (Duties and Liabilities)

of Principal & Contractor, Monitoring and Quality control/assurance, Settlement of
claims − Advances, Bills, Extension for time, Extras & Variations, Cost Escalations.
Security Deposit, Retention Money, Performance Bond, Liquidated Damages,
Penalties, Statutory Requirements.
UNIT 4: Breach of contract: Definition and Classification, Common Breaches by –

Principal, Contractor, Damage Assessment, Claims for Damages.
UNIT 5: Dispute resolution: General, Methods for dispute resolution − Negotiations,

Mediation, Conciliation, Dispute Resolution Boards, Arbitration,
Litigation/Adjudication by courts. Conciliation − Appointment of Conciliator, Role
of Conciliator, Special Features of Conciliation Dispute Resolution Boards (DRB) −

Constitution Of DRB, Functioning of DRB, Procedure for Hearings, Status of
Award.
REFERENCES:
1. Vaid K.N., (1998)"Global perspective on International Construction Contracting

Technology and Project Management", NICMAR, Mumbai
2. Prakash V. A.,(1997) “Contracts Management in Civil Engineering Projects”, NICMAR
3. Patil B. S.,(2009) “Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates”, University Press.
4. John G. Betty(1993/ Latest Edition) “Engineering Contracts”, McGraw Hills.
5. Vasavada B. J.,(1997), “Engineering Contracts and Arbitration”, (Self Publication by
JyotiB.Vasavada).
6. Albett Robert W., (1961/ Latest Edition) "Engineering Contracts and Specifications”, John.
Willey and Sons, New York.

OEC-ME-509 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

COURSE OUTLINE This course provides an in depth understanding of solid and

hazardous waste characteristics and management. Some basics of radioactive waste
characterization and handling are also provided.
UNIT 1: Contents: Solid Waste analysis and characterization, Hazardous waste

Characterization Environmental legislation for solid and hazardous waste
disposal and transport Risk Assessment, Waste minimization and resource
recovery, Waste stabilization techniques, Chemical, physical and biological
treatment Landfill design for Sanitary and Hazardous Wastes, Incineration.
UNIT 2: Relevant Regulations Municipal solid waste (management and handling) rules;
hazardous waste (management and handling) rules; biomedical waste handling
rules; fly ash rules; recycled plastics usage rules; batteries (management and
handling) rules
UNIT 3: Municipal Solid Waste Management – Fundamentals Sources; composition;

generation rates; collection of waste; separation, transfer and transport of waste;
treatment and disposal options
UNIT 4: Hazardous Waste Management – Fundamentals Characterization of waste;

compatibility and flammability of chemicals; fate and transport of chemicals;
health effects
UNIT 5: Radioactive Waste Management – Fundamentals Sources, measures and health

effects; nuclear power plants and fuel production; waste generation from nuclear
power plants; disposal options
UNIT 6: Environmental Risk Assessment Defining risk and environmental risk; methods of
risk assessment; case studies. Physicochemical Treatment of Solid and
Hazardous Waste Chemical treatment processes for MSW (combustion,
stabilization and solidification of hazardous wastes); physicochemical processes

for hazardous wastes (soil vapour extraction, air stripping, chemical oxidation);
ground water contamination and remediation
UNIT 7: Biological Treatment of Solid and Hazardous Waste Composting; bioreactors;

anaerobic decomposition of solid waste; principles of biodegradation of toxic
waste; inhibition; co-metabolism; oxidative and reductive processes; slurry phase
bioreactor; in-situ remediation
UNIT 8: Landfill design Landfill design for solid and hazardous wastes; leachate collection
and removal; landfill covers; incineration
References:
1. John Pichtel Waste Management Practices CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group 2005.
2. LaGrega, M. D. Buckingham, P. L. Evans, J.C. Hazardous Waste Management, McGraw
Hill International Editions, New York, 1994.
3. Richard J. Watts, Hazardous Wastes - Sources, Pathways, Receptors John Wiley and Sons,
New York, 1997.

OEC-ME-510 AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION AND CONTROL

Objective: This course provides a comprehensive overview of air and noise quality and the
science and technology associated with the monitoring and control
Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
• Identify the sources of air and noise pollution

• Monitor the ambient air quality
• Understand the concepts involved in control technologies
UNIT 1: Air pollution: composition and structure of atmosphere, global implications of air
pollution. Classification of air pollutants: particulates, hydrocarbon, carbon
monoxide, oxides of sulphur, oxides of nitrogen and photo chemical oxidants.
Indoor air pollution,Effects of air pollutants on humans, animals, property and
plants.
UNIT 2: Air pollution chemistry, meteorological aspects of air pollution dispersion;

temperaturelapse rate and stability, wind velocity and turbulence, plume behaviour,
dispersion of air pollutants, the Gaussian Plume Model, stack height and dispersion.
UNIT 3: Ambient air quality and standards, air sampling and measurements; Ambient air
sampling,collection of gaseous air pollutants, collection of particulate air pollutants,
stack sampling. Control devices for particulate contaminants: gravitational settling
chambers, yclonee separators, wet collectors, fabric filters (Bag-house filter),
electrostatic precipitators (ESP).
UNIT 4: Control of gaseous contaminants: Absorption, Adsorption, Condensation and

Combustion,Control of sulphur oxides, nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, and
hydro carbons.Automotive emission control, catalytic convertor, Euro-I, Euro-II and
Euro-IIIspecifications, Indian specifications.

UNIT 5: NOISE POLLUTION: Basics of acoustics and specification of sound; sound
power, soundintensity and sound pressure levels; plane, point and line sources,
multiple sources; outdoorand indoor noise propagation; psycho-acoustics and noise
criteria, effects of noise onhealth, annoyance rating schemes; special noise
environments: Infra-sound, ultrasound,impulsive sound and sonic boom; noise
standards and limit values; noise instrumentationand monitoring procedure. Noise
indices.

1. Peavy, Rowe and Tchobanoglous: Environmental Engineering.
2. Martin Crawford: Air Pollution Control Theory.
3. Warkand Warner: Air Pollution: Its Origin and Control.
4. Rao and Rao: Air Pollution Control Engineering.
5. Keshav Kant and Rajni Kant, “Air Pollution and Control Engineering”, Khanna Publishing
House.
6. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering-CS Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi,
1996.
7. C.S. Rao, Air pollutionand control
8. Environmental Noise Pollution – PE Cunniff, McGraw Hill, New York, 1987
9. Nevers: Air Pollution Control Engineering.
10. M. P. Poonia and S C Sharma,” Environmental Engineering, Khanna Publishing House.
11. My cock, Mc Kenna and Theodore: Handbook of Air Pollution Control Engineering and
Technology. Suess and Crax ford: W.H.O. Manualon Urban Air Quality Management
12. O.P. Gupta, Elements of Environmental Polluton Control, Khanna Publishing House.

COURSES OFFERED BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
(OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES-OEC-II)
ELPE411 Electrical Energy Conservation and 3L:0T:0P 3 credits

Auditing
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
1. Understand the current energy scenario and importance of energy conservation.
2. Understand the concepts of energy management.
3. Understand the methods of improving energy efficiency indifferent electrical
systems.
4. Understand the concepts of different energy efficient devices.
Unit 1: Energy Scenario (6 Hours)

Commercial and Non-commercial energy, primary energy resources, commercial energy
production, final energy consumption, energy needs of growing economy, long term
energy scenario, energy pricing, energy sector reforms, energy and environment, energy
security, energy conservation and its importance, restructuring of the energy supply
sector, energy strategy for the future, air pollution, climate change. Energy Conservation
Act-2001 and its features.
Unit 2: Basics of Energy and its various forms (7 Hours)

Electricity tariff, load management and maximum demand control, power factor
improvement, selection & location of capacitors, Thermal Basics-fuels, thermal energy
contents of fuel, temperature & pressure, heat capacity, sensible and latent heat,
evaporation, condensation, steam, moist air and humidity & heat transfer, units
andconversion.
Unit 3: Energy Management & Audit (6 Hours)

Definition, energy audit, need, types of energy audit. Energy management (audit)
approach- understanding energy costs, bench marking, energy performance, matching
energy use to requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy
requirements, fuel energy substitution, energy audit instruments. Material and Energy
balance: Facility as an
energy system, methods for preparing process flow, material and energy balance diagrams.
Unit 4: Energy Efficiency in Electrical Systems (7 Hours)

Electrical system: Electricity billing, electrical load management and maximum demand
control, power factor improvement and its benefit, selection and location of capacitors,
performance assessment of PF capacitors, distribution and transformer losses. Electric
motors: Types, losses in induction motors, motor efficiency, factors affecting motor
performance, rewinding and motor replacement issues, energy saving opportunities with
energy efficientmotors.
Unit 5: Energy Efficiency in Industrial Systems (8 Hours)

Compressed Air System: Types of air compressors, compressor efficiency, efficient

compressor operation, Compressed air system components, capacity assessment, leakage
test, factors affecting the performance and savings opportunities in HVAC, Fans and
blowers: Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control
strategies and energy conservation opportunities. Pumps and Pumping System: Types,
performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control strategies and energy
conservation opportunities.Cooling Tower: Types and performance evaluation, efficient
system operation, flow control strategies and energy saving opportunities, assessment of
cooling towers.
Unit 6: Energy Efficient Technologies in Electrical Systems (8Hours)

Maximum demand controllers, automatic power factor controllers, energy efficient motors,
soft starters with energy saver, variable speed drives, energy efficient transformers,
electronic ballast, occupancy sensors, energy efficient lighting controls, energy saving
potential of each technology.
Text/Reference Books
1. Guide books for National Certification Examination for Energy Manager /
EnergyAuditors Book-1, General Aspects (availableonline)
2. Guide books for National Certification Examination for Energy Manager /
EnergyAuditors Book-3, Electrical Utilities (availableonline)
3. S. C. Tripathy, “Utilization of Electrical Energy and Conservation”, McGraw Hill,1991.
4. Success stories of Energy Conservation by BEE, New Delhi(www.bee-india.org)

ELPE412 Industrial Electrical Systems 3L:0T:0P 3 credits
Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the electrical wiring systems for residential, commercial and industrial
consumers, representing the systems with standard symbolsand drawings, SLD.
2. Understand various components of industrial electricalsystems.
3. Analyze and selectthe proper size of various electrical systemcomponents.
Module 1: Electrical System Components (8 Hours)

LT system wiring components, selection of cables, wires, switches, distribution box, metering
system, Tariff structure, protection components- Fuse, MCB, MCCB, ELCB, inverse current
characteristics, symbols, single line diagram (SLD) of a wiring system, Contactor, Isolator,
Relays, MPCB, Electric shock and Electrical safety practices
Module 2: Residential and Commercial Electrical Systems (8 Hours)

Types of residential and commercial wiring systems, general rules and guidelines for
installation, load calculation and sizing of wire, rating of main switch, distribution board and
protection devices, earthing system calculations, requirements of commercial installation,
deciding lighting scheme and number of lamps, earthing of commercial installation, selection
and sizing of components.
Module 3: Illumination Systems (6 Hours)

Understanding various terms regarding light, lumen, intensity, candle power, lamp efficiency,
specific consumption, glare, space to height ratio, waste light factor, depreciation factor, various
illumination schemes, Incandescent lamps and modern luminaries like CFL, LED and their
operation, energy saving in illumination systems, design of a lighting scheme for a residential
and commercial premises, flood lighting.
Module 4: Industrial Electrical Systems I (8 Hours)

HT connection, industrial substation, Transformer selection, Industrial loads, motors, starting of
motors, SLD, Cable and Switchgear selection, Lightning Protection, Earthing design, Power
factor correction – kVAR calculations, type of compensation, Introduction to PCC, MCC
panels. Specifications of LT Breakers, MCB and other LT panel components.
Module 5: Industrial Electrical Systems II (6 Hours)

DG Systems, UPS System, Electrical Systems for the elevators, Battery banks, Sizing the
DG, UPS and Battery Banks, Selection of UPS and Battery Banks.
Module 6: Industrial Electrical System Automation (6 Hours)

Study of basic PLC, Role of in automation, advantages of process automation, PLC based
control system design, Panel Metering and Introduction to SCADA system for distribution
automation.

Text/Reference Books
1. S. L. Uppal and G. C. Garg, “Electrical Wiring, Estimating &Costing”, Khanna
publishers, 2008.
2. K. B. Raina, “Electrical Design, Estimating & Costing”, New age International, 2007.
3. S. Singh and R. D. Singh, “Electrical estimating and costing”, DhanpatRai and Co., 1997.
Web site for IS Standards.
4. H. Joshi, “Residential Commercial and Industrial Systems”, McGraw Hill Education,
2008.

ELPC502 Control Systems 3L:0T:0P 3 credits
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
1. Understand the modeling of linear-time-invariant systems using transfer function and state- space
representations.
2. Design specifications for second order systems based on time response.
3. Interpret the Concept of stability and its assessment for linear-time invariant systems using various
methods.
4. Design controllers in time and frequency domain.
5. Explain the basic concept of optimal and non linear control systems.
Unit 1: Introduction to control problem (8 hours)
Industrial Control examples, Mathematical models of physical systems, Control hardware and their models.
Transfer function models of linear time-invariant systems. Feedback Control: Open-Loop and Closed-loop
systems. Benefits of Feedback, Transfer Function of control system, impulse response and its relation with
transfer function of linear systems. Transfer function from Block diagram reduction technique and signal
flow graph, Mason’s gain formula.
Unit 2: Time Response Analysis (6 hours)
Standard test signals, Time response of first and second order systems for standard test inputs, Application of
initial and final value theorem, Design specifications for second-order systems based on the time-response.
Concept of Stability, Routh-Hurwitz Criteria, Relative Stability analysis, Root-Locus technique, Construction
of Root-loci
Unit 3: Frequency-response analysis (6 hours)
Relationship between time and frequency response, Polar plots, Bode plots, Nyquist stability criterion,
Relative stability using Nyquist criterion – gain and phase margin, Closed-loop frequency response.
Unit 4: Introduction to Controller Design (10 hours)
Stability, steady-state accuracy, transient accuracy, disturbance rejection, insensitivity and robustness of
control systems, Root-loci method of feedback controller design, Design specifications in frequency-domain,
Frequency-domain methods of design, Application of Proportional, Integral and Derivative Controllers, Lead
and Lag compensation in designs, Analog and Digital implementation of controllers.
Unit 5: State Variable Analysis of Linear Dynamic Systems (4 hours)
State variables, State variable representation of system, dynamic equations, merits for higher order differential
equations and solution, Concept of controllability and observability and techniques to test them
Unit 6: Introduction to Optimal Control and Nonlinear Control (5 hours)
Performance Indices, Regulator problem, Tracking Problem., Nonlinear system–Basic concepts and analysis
Text/References:
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, 1997.
2. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
4. I. J. Nagrath and M.Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International, 2009

ELPE612 Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles 3L:0T:0P 3 credits
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the models to describe hybrid vehicles and their
performance.
2. Understand the different possible ways of energy storage.
3. Understand the different strategies related to energy storage systems.
Unit 1: Introduction (10 hours)
Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,
transmission characteristics, mathematical models to describe vehicle performance.
Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicles: History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and
environmental importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy
supplies.
Hybrid Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of hybrid traction, introduction to various hybrid drive-
train topologies, power flow control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.
Unit 2: Electric Trains (10 hours)
Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of electric traction, introduction to various electric drive- train
topologies, power flow control in electric drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis. Electric
Propulsion unit: Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles,
Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Configuration and control of Induction Motor drives,
configuration and control of Permanent Magnet Motor drives, Configuration and control of Switch
Reluctance Motor drives, drive system efficiency.
Unit 3: Energy Storage (10 hours)
Energy Storage: Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles,
Battery based energy storage and its analysis, Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis, Super
Capacitor based energy storage and its analysis, Flywheel based energy storage and its analysis,
Hybridization of different energy storage devices. Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric
machine and the internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the propulsion motor, sizing the power
electronics, selecting the energy storage technology, Communications, supporting subsystems
Unit 4: Energy Management Strategies (9 hours)
Energy Management Strategies: Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and
electric vehicles, classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different
energy management strategies, implementation issues of energy management strategies.
Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle
(BEV).
References:
1. C.Mi,M.A.MasrurandD.W.Gao,“HybridElectricVehicles:PrinciplesandApplicationswith Practical
Perspectives”, John Wiley & Sons,2011.
2. S. Onori, L. Serrao and G. Rizzoni, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: EnergyManagement Strategies”,
Springer,2015.
3. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. E. Gay and A. Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles:
Fundamentals, Theory, and Design”, CRC Press,2004.
4. T. Denton, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles”, Routledge,2016.

ELPE614 Wind and Solar Energy Systems 3L:0T:0P 3 credits
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the energy scenario and the consequent growth of the power generation from
renewable energy sources.
2. Understand the basic physics of wind and solar power generation.
3. Understand the power electronic interfaces for wind and solar generation.
4. Understand the issues related to the grid-integration of solar and wind energy systems.
Unit 1: Physics of Wind Power: (5 Hours)

History of wind power, Indian and Global statistics, Wind physics, Betz limit, Tip speed
ratio, stall and pitch control, Wind speed statistics-probability distributions, Wind speed
and power-cumulative distribution functions.
Unit 2: Wind generator topologies: (12 Hours)

Review of modern wind turbine technologies, Fixed and Variable speed wind turbines,
Induction Generators, Doubly-Fed Induction Generators and their characteristics,
Permanent- Magnet Synchronous Generators, Power electronics converters. Generator-
Converter configurations, Converter Control.
Unit 3: The Solar Resource: (3 Hours)
Introduction, solar radiation spectra, solar geometry, Earth Sun angles, observer Sun
angles, solar day length, Estimation of solar energy availability.
Unit 4: Solar photovoltaic: (8 Hours)

Technologies-Amorphous, mono-crystalline, polycrystalline; V-I characteristics of a PV
cell, PV module, array, Power Electronic Converters for Solar Systems, Maximum
Power Point Tracking (MPPT) algorithms. Converter Control.
Unit 5: Network Integration Issues: (8Hours)

Overview of grid code technical requirements. Fault ride-through for wind farms - real
and reactive power regulation, voltage and frequency operating limits, solar PV and
wind farm behavior during grid disturbances. Power quality issues. Power system
interconnection experiences in the world. Hybrid and isolated operations of solar PV
and wind systems.
Unit 6: Solar thermal power generation: (3 Hours)

Technologies, Parabolic trough, central receivers, parabolic dish, Fresnel, solar pond,
elementary analysis.
Text / References:
1. T. Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd.,2005.
2. G. M. Masters, “Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons,2004.
3. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage”, McGraw Hill,1984.
4. H. Siegfried and R. Waddington, “Grid integration of wind energy conversion systems” John
Wiley and Sons Ltd.,2006.

5. G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Applications”, Narosa Publications,2004.
6. J.A.DuffieandW.A.Beckman,“SolarEngineeringofThermalProcesses”,JohnWiley&Sons, 1991.

COURSES OFFERED BY ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
(OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES-OEC-II)
OEC-ME-606 MICROPROCESSORS AND INTERFACING

Course Objectives:
• To introduce the architecture and Operations of 8085 and 8086 microprocessor
• To study the addressing modes, instruction set and programming of 8085 & 8086.
• To introduce the various types of interrupts of 8085 and 8086 microprocessor
• To introduce various peripheral devices (8255, 8254, 8259 and 8257)
• To introduce various methods of interfacing of Peripherals with 8085/8086 microprocessor.
Syllabus
PART A
UNIT 1. ARCHITECTURE OF 8085:
Functional block diagram—Registers, ALU, Bus systems. Pin configuration, Timing and control
signals, Machine cycle and timing diagrams. Interrupts—Types of interrupt, interrupt structure.
UNIT 2. PROGRAMMING OF 8085:
Instruction format, Addressing modes, Instruction set. Development of assembly language
programs.
PART B
UNIT 3. INTERFACING DEVICES:
(a).The 8255 PPI chip: Architecture, pin configuration, control words, modes and Interfacing
with 8085. (b). The 8254 PIC chip: Architecture, pin configuration, control words, modes and
Interfacing with 8085.
UNIT 4. INTERRUPT AND DMA CONTROLLER:

(a). The 8259 Interrupt controller chip: Architecture, pin configuration, control words, modes

(b). The 8257 DMA controller chip: Architecture, pin configuration, control words, modes
PART C
UNIT 5. ARCHITECTURE OF 8086:
Functional block diagram of 8086, details of sub-blocks such as EU, BIU, memory
segmentation, physical address computations, pin configuration, program relocation, Minimum
and Maximum modes of 8086— Block diagrams and machine cycles. Interrupts—Types of
interrupt, interrupt structure.
UNIT6. PROGRAMMING OF 8086:

Instruction format, Addressing modes, Instruction set. Development of assembly language
programs, Assembler directives.
Course Outcomes:
On successful complete of this course, the students should be able to:
• Understand the architecture and Operations of 8085 and 8086 microprocessor
• Understand the addressing modes, instruction set and programming of 8085 & 8086.
• Understand the various types of interrupts of 8085 and 8086 microprocessor
• Understand various peripheral devices (8255, 8254, 8259 and 8257)
• Understand various methods of interfacing of Peripherals with 8085/8086 microprocessor
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Applications with 8085: Ramesh S Gaonkar;
Wiley Eastern Ltd.
2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals by AK Ray & KM Bhurchandi, TMH Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Microprocessors and interfacing: Hall; TMH
2. The 8088 & 8086 Microprocessors-Programming, interfacing, Hardware& Applications:
Triebel & Singh; PHI

3. Microcomputer systems: the 8086/8088 Family: architecture, Programming & Design: Yu-
Chang Liu & Glenn A Gibson; PHI. 4. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing: Badri Ram;
TMH

OEC-ME- 608 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Course Objectives:
• To introduce the students about various types of signals and their representation.
• To introduce the students about Discrete-Time Systems
• To introduce the students about sampling of signals
• To introduce the students about z-transform and its properties
• To introduce the students about various types of filters and their structures.
• To introduce the students about multirate digital signal processing
SYLLABUS
UNIT 1.
DISCRETE-TIME SIGNALS:
Signal classifications, frequency domain representation, time domain representation,
representation of sequences by Fourier transform, properties of Fourier transform, discrete time
random signals, energy and power theorems.
UNIT 2.
DISCRETE-TIME SYSTEMS:
Classification, properties, time invariant system, finite impulse Response (FIR) system, infinite
impulse response (IIR) system
UNIT 3.
SAMPLING OF TIME SIGNALS:
Sampling theorem, application, frequency domain representation of sampling, reconstruction of
band limited signal from its samples. Discrete time processing of continuous time signals,
changing the sampling rate using discrete time processing.
UNIT 4.

Z-TRANSFORM:
Introduction, properties of the region of convergence, properties of the Z-transform, inversion of
the Z transform, applications of Z-transform.
UNIT 5.
BASICS OF DIGITAL FILTERS:
Fundamentals of digital filtering, various types of digital filters, design techniques of digital
filters : window technique for FIR, bi-linear transformation and backward difference methods for
IIR filter design, analysis of finite word length effects in DSP,FIR &IIR Filter structure-
direct1,direct2,cascade and parallel, Application of DSP.
UNIT 6.
MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING:
Introduction to multirate digital signal processing, sampling rate conversion, filter structures,
multistage decimator and interpolators, digital filter banks.
Course Outcomes:
On successful complete of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Understand about various types of signals and their representation and their
implementation on MAT LAB.
2. Understand Discrete-Time Systems, sampling of signals and their implementation on
MAT LAB.
3. Understand z-transform, its properties and their implementation on MAT LAB.
4. Understand various types of filters, their structures and their implementation on MAT
LAB.
5. Understand multirate digital signal processing multirate digital signal processing
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Digital Signal Processing : Proakis and Manolakis; PHI
2. Digital Signal Processing: Salivahanan, Vallavaraj and Gnanapriya;TMH
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Digital Signal Processing: Alon V. Oppenhelm;PHI

2. Digital Signal processing(II-Edition): Mitra, TMH

OEC-ME-610 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
UNIT 1.
UNITS STANDARDS AND ERRORS:
S.I. units, Absolute standards (International, Primary, Secondary, and Working standards),True
Value, Errors(Gross, Systematic and Random); Static Characteristic of instruments( Accuracy,
Precision, Sensitivity, Resolution and threshold)
UNIT 2.
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS:
Construction, Operating principle , torque equation , shape of scale , use as Ammeter or as
voltmeter ( Extension of range) , use on AC / DC or both , advantages and disadvantages,
errors(both on AC/DC)of PMMC types, electrodynamic type, moving iron type(attraction ,
Repulsion and combined attraction, repulsion types). Hot Wire type and induction type,
electrostatic type instruments.
UNIT 3.
TRANSDUCERS:
Transducers Measurement of Temperature, RTD, Thermistors, LVDT, Strain Gauge,
Piezoelectric Transducers, Digital Shaft Encoders, Tachometer, Hall effect sensors.
UNIT 4.
MATHEMATICAL MODELING:
Introduction, Control System, Types of Control Systems, Servo-mechanism, Mathematical
Model of a System, Mathematical Modelling of Mechanical Systems, , Mathematical Modelling
of Electrical Elements, Analogous Systems, Block Diagram Algebra, Signal Flow Graphs,

UNIT 5. TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS:
Introduction, Time Response, Standard Test Signals, Transfer Function, S – Plane, First Order
System, Time Response of First Order System, Speed of Response, Unit Ramp Response of a
First Order System, Second Order System, Impulse Response of Second – Order System, Unit
Step Response of a Second Order System, Time Domain Specifications, Steady State Error and
Error Constants, Type of Feedback Control Systems, Effect of Adding a Zero to a System.
UNIT 6. Compensation, PID Controller.
TEXT BOOK:
1. A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurements &Instrumentation :A.K .Sawhney;

Dhanpat Rai& Sons.
2. Control System Engineering : I.J.Nagrath&M.Gopal; New Age
3. Modern Control Engg : K.Ogata; PHI.
REFERENCE BOOKS.
1. Electronics Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques : Cooper; PHI.

OEC-ME-612 DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING

Course Objectives:
To make students know about the data communication and networking
To make students know about digital data communication
To make students know about data Link Control, Link Configurations and Protocol principles
To provide students mathematical formulations and the derivations of various parameters
To make students know about Communication Networking Techniques
To make students know about Computer Communication Architecture and ISDN Networks
Syllabus
Unit 1.
Introduction to Data Transmission: Overview of Data Communication and networking,
Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Transmission Impairments, Various Transmission Media,
Data Encoding.
Unit 2.
Digital Data Communication Techniques: Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission,
Error Detection and correction techniques, Physical interfaces
Unit 3.
Data Link Control: Link Configurations, Protocol principles (Error control, Flow control), Bit
Oriented and character oriented protocol, Data link layer services, Link Control.
Unit 4.
Multiplexing: F.D.M. Synchronous TDM, Statistical TDM

Unit 5.
Communication Networking Techniques: Communication Networks, Circuit Switching,
Message Switching, Packet Switching, Local Networking Technology, The bus / tree topology,
the ring topology, Medium Access control protocols (CSMAlCD, Token ring, FDDI, DQDB).
Unit 6.
Computer Communication Architecture: OSI and TCP/IP Model, Protocol and Architecture,
Networking Access protocols, Inter Networking, Transport layer Protocols, Session Service and
Protocols, and Presentation! Application protocols
Unit 7.
ISDN Networks: Concepts and Architecture, Protocols
Text Books:
1. William Stallings, "Data and Computer Communication", PHI, 4th Ed.
2. Forouzan, "Data communications and networking", TMH
Reference Books:
1. Andrew Tanenbaum, "Computer Networking", PHI
2. Godbole, "Data communications and network", TMH
Course Outcomes: On successful complete of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Understand about the data communication and networking
2. Understand about digital data communication
3. Understand about data Link Control, Link Configurations and Protocol principles
4. Understand about mathematical formulations and the derivations of various parameters
Understand about Communication Networking Techniques
5. Understand about Computer Communication Architecture and ISDN Networking

COURSES OFFERED BY HAS DEPARTMENT
(OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES-OEC-III)
OEC-ME-442 SOFT SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS

Course Objectives (CO):
1. To equip students with the ability to handle corporate interaction and business
communication well by making them conversant with various forms and norms of formal
communication.
2. Furthermore, the objective is to guide the students to use communication for leadership
and team-building.
3. Ultimately, to convey an idea about operation of social responsibility models and
international bodies that bring technology to the service of society, thus, giving our
students an ability to discuss larger issues pertaining to technological progress.
4. Since the urge to convey emerges in chosen area of interest and social concerns-
emergent issues in science form the basis for interpersonal discussions and soft skills
development.
Unit-I-
CRITICAL THINKING & BEHAVIORAL SKILLS: Importance of Scientific Aptitude;

SWOC & STEP; Scientific Temper; Logical Fallacies; Positive Attitude, Problem Solving Skills;
Ways to Argue Politely; Group Discussions, Corporate Dialogue/Role Play Conflict and
Resolution.
Unit-II-
LEADERSHIP & PARTICIPATION: Leadership skills, Attitudes, Sensitivity training.

Learning/’Take-aways’ from scenarios/situations; Communication Skills; Seven Cs of
Communication; Barriers to Effective Communication; Crisis-handling; Negotiation-Conflict
resolution exercises.

Unit –III-
CREATIVE COMPOSITION&TECHNICAL WRITING: Exercises in creative writing:

USP and image building; Setting Goals; Charting Objectives; Hypothesis; Thesis; Writing
Abstracts; Reports; Resume and Covering Letter.
Unit-IV-
CORPORATE INTERACTION & COMMUNICATION: Review of social, political and

corporate scene; Group Discussions with prior briefs on CSR and IPR and role of important
international bodies like WTO and IMF; Presentations; Technical/Business vocabulary; Body
Language; Presentation Skills; Mock-interviews.
Course Outcome:
1. Students will be able to connect science and technology with society.

2. Students will learn to prepare for Group Discussions and thus, be able to perform well in
discussions, debates and interviews; students will understand forms of corporate
communication and learn about formats and layouts of report writing and other forms of
business communication.
3. Students will learn about conflict negotiation and crisis handling.
4. Students will have emulated good communication practices for better leadership and
team-building.
References:
Stephen Robbins and Seema Sanghi. Organizational Behaviour. Pearson. Latest edition.
Kotler, Philip and Kevin Lane Keller. Marketing Management. 13 th edition.2008 Eastern
Economy Edition
Wehmeier, Sally .Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford UP.2005
Ghosh, BN. Managing Soft Skills for Personality Development.Tata McGraw-Hill 2012
Rizvi, M Ashraf. Effective Technical Communication. Tata Mc Graw-Hill.2005
Bretag, Crossman and Bordia.Communication Skills. Tata Mc Graw-Hill.2009
Sites: Youtube and Wikipedia in general.

OPHL-306A PHYSICS AND OUR WORLD

3 0 0 3Total : 100 Marks
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course aims to provide the students fundamentals of Physics and of our world
UNIT-I:
Space and Time:A discussion on length scales and dimensions, Galaxies, The solar system and
the planet Earth, Rotation and Revolution of the Earth, Seasons, Calendars in History and the
recording of time, Laws of motions- A Discussions of principles, theories and models,
Gravitation, Planetary motion and Keplar’s Laws, the laws of motion in the eyes of Galileo and
Newton.
UNIT-II:
Theory of Relativity: The relationship between Space and time: A basic account of theory of
Relativity, Does nature differentiate between left and right?- The notion of Parity, Is there an
“Arrow” of time?. Entropy and Laws of Thermodynamics, The Size of the Universe- Is the
Universe expanding?
UNIT-III:
Matter and Energy: Discrete and continuous matter- a brief historical survey, Atoms and
molecule: Structure of atoms, the nucleus, Elementary particles, Unification of forces.
Equivalence of matter and energy, Nuclear energy and thermodynamics power. The Periodic
table of elements, chemical bonds and molecules, Large molecules and living matter.
UNIT-IV
Electromagnetic Energy: Waves and oscillations, Electromagnetic radiation and spectrum,
Propagation of waves, Energy in the atmosphere- Wind and solar energy, Weather predictability

and chaos, Indeterminacy, The quantum world—an introduction, Debates on the
conceptualization of physical realities- is nature unreasonably mathematical?
COURSE OUTCOME
On successful completion of this course, students should be able to :
• Understand the relation between space and time.

• Learn the about the elementary particles and equivalence of energy and matter
• Learn about matter and energy
• Comprehend the basics of Electromagnetic energy
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The Evolution of Physics-Einstein and L. Infeld, Toughstone 1967

2. The Ascent of Man-J. Bronowski, laffle and Brown Company, 1976
3. Commos- Carl sagan, McDonald and Company, 2003.

OPHL-305A INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS AND COSMOLOGY

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To show how the properties of astronomical objects and the Universe relate to simple physical
laws and processes
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion successful students will be able to:

1. Have an understanding of the role and physics of detectors and telescopes including
geometric optics and understand how distances are measured.
2. Know how basic laws of physics determine the properties and evolution of stars.
3. Know Kepler's Laws and how they relate to extrasolar planet detection.
4. Understand how the dynamics of galaxies indicate the presence of dark matter and
demonstrate an understanding of the evolution of our Universe.
SYLLABUS
UNIT I:
The Universe and its physics: A tour of the Universe, its scale and contents; Gravity;
Pressure; RadiationObservational astronomy: the electromagnetic spectrum; geometrical
optics; resolving power, and the diffraction limit; telescopes and detectors; gravitational
waves; Distances: parallax measurements, standard candles
UNIT II:
Physics of the Sun and Stars: blackbody radiation, the Planck, Stefan-Boltzmann and Wien
laws, effective temperature, interstellar reddening; hydrogen spectral lines and Doppler
effect; Hertzprung-Russell diagram; Freefall and Kelvin-Helmholtz time; nuclear fusion;
basic stellar structure (hydrostatic equilibrium, equation of state); white dwarfs, neutron
stars and black holes
UNIT III:

Planetary systems: Kepler's laws; Detection methods of extrasolar planets; search for life
elsewhere.
UNIT IV:
Star formation: the interstellar medium; stellar populations; the interstellar medium; galaxy
rotation curves, mass and dark matter; Galaxy collisions; central
engines; Cosmology:Olber's paradox, Hubble's Law; the age of the Universe; Evolution of
the Universe: Madau diagram; Evidence for the Big Bang (blackbody radiation,
nucleosynthesis); dark energy and the accelerating Universe.
References:
1. Carroll, B.W. & Ostlie, D.A., An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics (Pearson

OES-301A WASTE MANAGEMENT IN OUR DAILY LIFE

3 0 0 3Total: 100 Marks
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The course aims at to provide knowledge about characteristics and types of solid waste generated
in our daily life. The students will be able to learn various methods for waste processing,
prevention, treatment and final disposal and may apply in their daily life.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to:

Understand the characteristics and types of solid waste.
Know about various methods for waste processing and prevention.
Apply the knowledge for waste treatment.
Get knowledge of final disposal of wastes in daily life.
UNIT 1: WASTE
What is waste? Sources of waste generation; Composition and classification of waste; Sorting
and segregation of waste at source of generation (kitchen, garden, residential colonies and
commercial areas); waste collection – sample collection bins; storage and transport.
UNIT 2: WASTE PROCESSING AND PREVENTION

Waste prevention and recycling at home, small communities; reduce, recycle and reuse; Waste
processing – size and volume reduction.
UNIT 3: WASTE TREATMENT

Safe disposal of waste; open dumping, problems of open dumping and burning; landfills;
diseases associated with waste handling; Best practices for solid waste disposal
UNIT 4: DISPOSAL OF WASTE

Composting – vermicomposting, kitchen garden; anaerobic digestion – biogas, manure; waste to
energy – pyrolysis, refuse derived fuels.
REFERENCES:
1. Ramachandra T.V., (2009), Management of municipal solid waste, published by TERI Press,
New Delhi.
2. Williams, P. T. Williams A. (2005), Waste treatment and disposal, 2nd Edition Wiley
publications, UK.
3. Dhamija, U., (2009). Sustainable solid waste management: issues, policies, and structures.
Academic Foundation, New Delhi.

OES- 302A ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The course provides students a comprehensive review of our natural resources including land,
water, energy, biodiversity, etc. The students will be able to understand the importance of natural
resource management and market based mechanisms for environment protection.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to:
Understand about various natural resources.
Know about various methods for soil and water conservation.
Apply the knowledge for biodiversity conservation.
Get knowledge of energy conservation.
UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION
Man and environment, Importance of environmental conservation, natural resources, waste as a
resource.
UNIT 2: SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION

Land degradation, soil erosion, conservation measures – afforestation, mulching, Soil fertility
restoration - organic manure application, need for sustainable water management, judicious
water consumption at home, measures for effective irrigation – sprinkler, drip, watershed
management, rain water harvesting, indigenous micro-irrigation devices. Evaluation of water
footprints – A case study.
UNIT 3: BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION

Significance of biodiversity conservation, threats to biodiversity – pollution, population, habitat
destruction, overexploitation, man- wildlife conflicts, strategies for biodiversity conservation -
garden – herbal, ornamental, kitchen, organic farming and biodiversity conservation,
conservation farming, national parks, sanctuaries, zoo, botanical gardens, Forest and wildlife
conservation.
UNIT 4: ENERGY CONSERVATION

Ways to conserve energy at home, offices, buildings, energy efficiency – electrical appliances,
CFL, LEDs, OLEDs, clean fuels for vehicles. Evaluation of carbon footprints – A case study.
REFERENCES:
1. Ahluwalia, V.K. Environmental Studies : Basic concepts, TERI, 2013.
2. Beheim, Einar (Ed.) Integrated watershed management : perspectives and problems,
Springer, 2010.
3. Bhatt, S. Environment protection and sustainable development, APH Publishing
Corporation,2004.
4. Burchett, Stephen. Introduction to wildlife conservation in farming, Wiley- Blackwell, 2010.
5. Das, S.K. Watershed development and livelihoods: People's action in India,Routledge
India,2007.
6. Fa, John E. Zoo Conservation Biology (Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation), Durrell
Wildlife Conservation Trust, 2011.
7. Fatik B. Mandal. And Nepal C. Nandi. Biodiversity: concepts, conservation and biofuture,
Asian Books, 2013
8. Heathcote, Isobel W. Integrated watershed management : principles and practice (2nd Ed),
John Wiley & Sons, 2009
9. Prasad, Govid Conservation of natural Resources, Discovery Publishing, New Delhi,2013.
10.Srivastav, Sweta. Basics of Environmental Science, Anmol Publications Pvt Ltd, 2008.

COURSES OFFERED BY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT
(OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES-OEC-III)
OEC-ME-444 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

UNIT I :
Human Resource Management: concept and scope; Roles, responsibilities and competencies of
HR manager; Challenges to HR professionals; Human Resource Planning & Forecasting:
significance and process.
UNIT II :
HR Sourcing: Recruitment, Selection and Induction. Job Analysis: job Description and job
Specification; Job Design: concept and methods; Job Evaluation-concept &methods;
Performance appraisal and counselling.
UNIT III :
Training: training process and methods; Career planning and Development; Succession planning;
Employee Compensation: basic concepts & determinants;
UNIT IV:
Industrial Relations and Grievance Handling; Employee welfare; Dispute Resolution;

International Human Resource Management; Contemporary Issues in HRM. HR Audit
&Accounting, ethics & corporate social responsibility.
Suggested Readings:
1. K. Aswathapa Human resource Management: Text and cases, 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi,2012
2. Uday Kumar Haldar &Juthika Sarkar(2012) Human resource Management New Delhi, Oxford
University Press.

3. De Cenvo, Da & Robbins S.P.(2010) Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, 9th
edition, New York, John Wiley & Sons.
4. Gary Dessler (2008) Human Resource Management, 11th edition New Delhi: Pearson
Prentice Hall. 5. Tanuja Agarwala, Strategic Human resource Management, Oxford University
Press 2007.

OEC-ME-446 FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING

Course Objectives:
The purpose of the course is to understand nature of accounting and its interaction with other
accounting and their comparison. It also focuses what kind of information the managers need,
from where these can be obtained and how this information can be used to carry out important
managerial decision.
MODULE-1:
Meaning nature and scope of different types of accounting and their comparison. Accounting
principles and Indian accounting standards, IFRS, Preparation of final accounts of company
with basic adjustments. Reading and understanding of Annualreport.
MODULE-2:
Analysis and interpretation of financial statements – meaning, importance and techniques, ratio
analysis; fund flow analysis; cash flow analysis (AS-3)
MODULE-3:
Classification of costs, preparation of cost sheet, inventory valuation, overview of standard
costing and variance analysis; material variance and labour variance.
MODULE-4:
Budgetary control- meaning, need, objectives, essentials of budgeting, different types of
budgets cash budget, flexible budget zero base budget; marginal costing, BEP analysis,
decision making for optimum sales mix, exploring new markets, make/Buy decisions, expand/
contract, accepting and rejecting decisions
Course Outcomes:
1. This course will impart knowledge to the students regarding preparation of financial

statements theiranalysis.
2. The students will be able to understand applications of cost accounting and cost control
techniques like standard costingetc.
3. The course will help them to take better managerialdecisions.
4. Students will be able to know about budget controltechniques.
REFERENCES:
1. Singhal, A.K. and Ghosh Roy, H.J., Accounting for Managers,
JBC Publishersand Distributors, NewDelhi
2. Pandey, I.M., Management Accounting, Vikas Publishing House, NewDelhi
3. Horngren, Sundem and Stratton, Introduction to Management
Accounting, Pearson Education, NewDelhi.
4. Jain, S.P and Narang, K.L., Advanced Cost Accounting,
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
5. Khan, M.Y. and Jain, P.K., Management Accounting, TMH, NewDelhi

OEC-ME-450 ENTREPRENEUR DEVELOPMENT
UNIT I :
Concept of Entrepreneur, Characteristics, qualities and pre-requisites of entrepreneur,

entrepreneurship and intrapreneur, Entrepreneur vs. Manager; Economic, social and
psychological need for entrepreneurship;
UNIT II :
Environmental Factors affecting success of a new business, Formulation of business plan,

Contents and significance of business plan
UNIT III:
Feasibility Study -Preparation of Feasibility Reports: Economic, Technical, Financial and

Managerial Feasibility of Project, Methods and procedures to start and expand one's own
business
UNIT IV:
Role of Government and Promotional agencies in entrepreneurship development,

Entrepreneurship Development Programmes
Reference Books:
• Khanka S.S., “Entrepreneurship Development”. S.Chand.
• Desai, A N. "Entrepreneur & Environment". 1990. Ashish, New Delhi.
• Drucker, Peter. "Innovation and Entrepreneurship". 1985. Heinemann, London.

• Jain Rajiv. "Planning a Small Scale Industry: A Guide to Entrepreneurs". 1984. S.S. Books,
Delhi.
• Kumar, S A. "Entrepreneurship in Small Industry". 1990, Discovery, New Delhi.
• McClelland, D C and Winter, W G. "Motivating Economic Achievement". 1969. Free Press,

New York.
• Pareek, Udai and VenkateswaraRao, T. "Developing Entrepreneurship -A Handbook on

Learning Systems". 1978, Learning Systems, Delhi.

OEC-ME-452 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS

Course Outcomes (COs):

1. The course will impart knowledge of economic forces influencing an organisation
2. This course will enable students to take decisions on the basis of interaction of market
3. The course will help students to be efficient engineers by utilizing limited resources to
satisfy unlimited wants
4. The course will enable students to take decisions regarding price determination on the
basis of market structure.
Course Contents:
Unit 1
Introduction to the subject: Micro and Macro Economics, Relationship between Science,
Engineering, Technology and Economic Development. Production Possibility Curve, Nature of
Economic Laws.
Unit 2
Time Value of Money: concepts and application. Capital budgeting; Traditional and modern
methods, Payback period method, IRR, ARR, NPV, PI (with the help of case studies)
Unit 3
Meaning of Demand. Law of Demand, Elasticity of Demand; meaning, factors effecting it and its
practical application and importance. Demand forecasting (a brief explanation)
Unit 4

Meaning of Production and factors of production, Law of variable proportions and returns to
scale. Internal and external economies and diseconomies of scale. Concepts of cost of
production, different types of costs; accounting cost, sunk cost, marginal cost, Opportunity cost.
Break even analysis, Make or Buy decision (case study). Relevance of Depreciation towards
industry.
Unit 5
Meaning of market, types of market, perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic, Oligopoly.

(main features). Supply and law of supply, Role of demand and supply in price determination.
Unit 6
Indian Economy, nature and characteristics. Basic concepts; fiscal and monetary policy,
LPG, Inflation, Sensex, GATT, WTO and IMF. Difference between Central bank and
Commercial banks
1. Jain T.R., “Economics for Engineers”, VK Publication

2. Chopra P. N., “Principle of Economics”, Kalyani Publishers
3. Dewett K. K., “Modern economic theory”, S. Chand
4. H. L. Ahuja., “Modern economic theory”, S. Chand
5. Dutt Rudar & Sundhram K. P. M., “Indian Economy”
6. Mishra S. K., “Modern Micro Economics”, Pragati Publications
7. Pandey I.M., “Financial Management”; Vikas Publishing House
8. Gupta Shashi K., “Management Accounting”, Kalyani Publication

ANNEXURE FOR
MOOC COURSES

Implementation of Credit Transfer/Mobility Policy of online courses
Reference: Gazette of India (Extraordinary) Part-III, Section-4 No. 295, UGC (Credit
Framework for Online Learning Courses through SWAYAM) Regulation, 2016, dated
19/07/2016.
With reference to 12th Academic Council Meeting dated 03/05/2017 (Agenda Item No.
AC/11/12), wherein MOOCs were adopted in the CBCS scheme, In continuation to that,
following modalities are proposed to introduce the credit transfer policy in academic curriculum
for the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOC’s) offered through SWAYAM (Study Webs of
Active-Learning for Young Aspiring Minds) Portal.
A. General Guidelines
1. The SWAYAM shall notify in June and November every year, the list of the online learning
Courses going to be offered in the forthcoming Semester on its website
https://swayam.gov.in.
2. All the UTDs/Affiliated Colleges shall, within 4 weeks from the date of notification by
SWAYAM, consider through their Chairperson/Principal the online learning courses being
offered through the SWAYAM platform; and keeping in view their academic requirements,
decide upon the courses which it shall permit for credit transfer and keeping in view the
following points:
a) There is non-availability of suitable teaching staff for running a course in the

Department.
b) The facilities for offering the elective papers (courses), sought for by the students are
not on offer/scheme in the Institution, but are available on the SWAYAM platform.
c) The courses offered on SWAYAM would supplement the teaching-learning process in

the Institution.
d) Online courses through SWAYAM should not be more than 20% of total courses
offered in a particular semester of a programme.
3. The courses offered in a particular semester will be compiled by Digital India Cell as decided
and forwarded by concerned UTDs and affiliated colleges in the prescribed format to
digitalindia.ymca@gmail.com and compiled set will be put up in Academic Council for
approval.

4. Student can opt for 12-16 weeks course equivalent to 3-6 credits under mentorship of faculty
(MHRD MOOC’s guidelines 11.1(J) issued by the MHRD vide its orders dated 11/03/2016).
5. Every student being offered a particular paper (course) would be required to register for the
MOOCs for that course/paper on SWAYAM through University’s/Affiliated College’s
SWAYAM-NPTEL Local Chapter.
6. The UTD/College may designate a faculty member as course coordinator/mentor to guide the
students (at least 20 students) throughout the course with 2 hours per week contribution and
with mentor addition on the Local Chapter. The mentor Chairperson/Principal will ensure the
provision of facilities for smooth running of the course viz. Internet facility and proper venue
in the department/college.
7. Digital India Cell of the University will be the Nodal point for keeping track of MOOCs
enrolments in the University and the concerned chairpersons/principals are expected to aware
their students/faculty about the online courses.
8. Importance of online learning and credit transfer policy must be shared with the students at
entry level by the concerned department/college. Same may be incorporated during induction
program for newly admitted students.
9. The departmental/college MOOC coordinators appointed by chairpersons of concerned

departments/Principals of affiliated colleges will be responsible for identification of relevant
MOOCs in the UTDs/Colleges and smooth conduction during the course.
B. Credit Transfer/Mobility of MOOCs
1. The parent Institution (offering the Course) shall give the equivalent credit weightage to the
students for the credits earned through online learning courses through SWAYAM platform
in the credit plan of the program.
2. Following pattern will be followed for distribution of credits and will be applicable to all
students from Jan 2018 onwards:
Program Duration Minimum Credits to be

earned*
B.Tech Semester I to VIII 3
M.Tech/MBA/M.Sc./MA Semester I to IV 3
BBA/BCA/B.Sc./BA Semester I to VI 3

*All students of UTDs/Affiliated colleges of all courses have to mandatorily earn minimum
prescribed credits. Note: From session 2019-20 onwards, for B.Tech program, a student
has to earn at least 12 credits during the duration of the Degree subject to the passing of at
least one MOOC course (carrying minimum 3 credits per year).
3. A student will be eligible to get Under-Graduate/Post-Graduate degree (B.Tech/M.Tech) with

Honours if he/she completes additional credits through MOOC’s. (AICTE Model
Curriculum, Chapter1(B)). Following pattern will be followed for earning additional credits
for the award of Honours degree:
Program Duration Credits to be Minimum CGPA

earned*
B.Tech Semester I to VIII 12 8.0
M.Tech Semester I to IV 6 8.0
*Inclusive of Minimum credits to be earned mentioned in clause B(2) above.
4. The earned credits shall be accepted and transferred to the total credits of the concerned
students by the University for Completion of his/her degree. Credits earned through MOOCs
will be incorporated in the mark sheet issued to the student by Controller of Examination.
5. Credits for MOOC’s will be verified by the concerned department/college and will be
forwarded to Controller of Examination for further processing.
6. The courses where model curriculum of AICTE is not applicable, pattern laid down as in B(2)
will be followed.
NOTE:
1. These guidelines will be applicable to all Affiliating institutions under University along with all
UTDs. Affiliating colleges will establish their own Local Chapter on SWAYAM and follow the
same process.
2. For further clarifications, Notifications “Credit Framework for Online Learning Courses through
SWAYAM” (UGC Regulations dated 19/07/2016) and “MHRD MOOC’s guidelines” (MHRD
guidelines dated 11/03/2016) may be referred.
Approved in 17th Academic Council Dated 11.06.2019


4eb7a34e720e8b140a94b85d15d988a0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

4eb7a34e720e8b140a94b85d15d988a0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

4eb7a34e720e8b140a94b85d15d988a0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCHEME and SYLLABUS

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

J. C. BOSE UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, YMCA, FARIDABAD

[Type text] Page 1

[Type text] Page 2

• To provide efficient engineers for global requirements by imparting quality education.

[Type text] Page 3

J C Bose University of Science & Technology, YMCA, Faridabad established in 2009,

[Type text] Page 4

[Type text] Page 5

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1) Engineering Knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals,

10) Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

[Type text] Page 7

SCHEME OF STUDIES & EXAMINATIONS

1. Programme Core Courses (PCC) 75 67

2. Basic Science Courses (BSC) 28 25

3. Engineering Science Courses (ESC) 32 23

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management

5. Programme Elective Courses (PEC) 15 15

6. Open Elective Courses (OEC) 9 9

7. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC) 28 24

8. Mandatory Audit Courses (MAC) 6 0

9. Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCS)* - -

10. Value Added Courses (VAC)** - -

Total 197 166*

[Type text] Page 8

S.No. Semester Contact Hours Marks Credits

[Type text] Page 9

[Type text] Page 10

S. Code Name of Course Contact Credits Semester

ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES (ESC)

S. No. Name of Course Contact Credits Semester

[Type text] Page 11

S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSES (PEC)

S. No. Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES (OEC)

S. No. Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSES (SEC)

S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits Semester

1. SEC-WS-301/21 Workshop III 4 2 III

5. SEC-WS-701/21 Workshop VII 4 2 VII/ VIII

[Type text] Page 12

10. SEC-801/21 Industrial Training One semester 10 VIII/ VII

MANDARORY AUDIT COURSES (MC)

PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-I (PEC-I) (Semester-VI)

S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

6. PEC-ME-606/21 Mechatronics Systems 3 3

PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-II (PEC-II) (Semester-VI)

[Type text] Page 13

PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-III (PEC-III) (Semester- VII/ VIII)

S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-IV (PEC-IV) (Semester- VII/ VIII)

S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

[Type text] Page 14

PROGRAMME ELECTIVE COURSE-V (PEC-V) (Semester-VII/ VIII)

S. No. Code Name of Course Contact Hours Credits

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES- I (OEC- I) (Semester V)